Document No.

E18-9000

ECDIS
ELECTRONIC CHART DISPLAY AND INFORMATION SYSTEM

EC-9000/8000

OPERATOR’S MANUAL

5. 2022
Marine Systems Company
This page is intentionally left blank
 Warning for Safety
Follow the description below to use this system safely and efficiently. If not, it might
cause a serious result to affect human’s life.

“Danger”, “Warning” and “Caution” described in this book have the meaning as defined
below.

If you should operate this equipment in disregard of this

DANGER indication, there must be high possibility that it cause one’s
death or serious injury.

WARNING If you should operate this equipment in disregard of this

indication, it may cause one’s death or serious injury.

If you should operate this equipment in disregard of this

CAUTION indication, it might cause one’s serious injury or some
physical damage.

DANGER/WARNING/CAUTION labels are put on your ECDIS or units which composes

ECDIS. When they get dusty or they are coming off, contact a TOKYO KEIKI service
station or one of the TOKYO KEIKI agencies to get new ones. You will get them at your
own charges.

i
 Stand. (EC-8100/8600 only)

<EC-8100/8600>

 LCD

<EC-9000> [EC-8600]

 Control Unit

<EC-9000> [EC-8100/8600]

ii
 Serial I/F Unit

<EC-9cx00> <EC-8100/8600>

 Radar Overlay Unit (EC-8100/8600 only)

<EC-8100/8600>

 Operation Unit (EC-8100/8600 only)

<EC-8100/8600>

iii
High Voltage and Electric Shock

DANGER
Do not repair or maintain parts inside the ECDIS stand because you may get an
electric shock! If you ever do it by following a TOKYO KEIKI serviceman, turn off the 2
breakers first because high voltage is stored inside the ECDIS stand while the system
is working. Even after turning them off, it might remain around some circuits, so it has
to be discharged before maintenance. The possibility of getting an electric shock is
not zero even after turning them off as far as the power is supplied on your ship.

Maintenance

DANGER
Do not repair or maintain parts inside the ECDIS stand because you may get an
electric shock! If you ever do it by following a TOKYO KEIKI serviceman, turn off the 2
breakers first because high voltage is stored inside the ECDIS stand while the system
is working. Even after turning them off, it might remain around some circuits, so it has
to be discharged before maintenance. The possibility of getting an electric shock is
not zero even after turning them off as far as the power is supplied on your ship.

CAUTION
If you smell something burning from inside the stand, stop ECDIS at once. Fill it in the
logbook and call a TOKYO KEIKI service station.

PROHIBITION
Do not carry out an insulation test by using megger or other insulation testers because
it provides the internal electric parts with a lot of damage. Disconnect the connected
wires from the system first when this kind of test is carried out regarding any power
lines.

Color Table

WARNING
Select a suitable chart color table depending on the brightness in the bridge.
Inappropriate color table might cause marine accidents.

iv
Radar Gain, Rain and Sea

WARNING
 Too high/low level of gain, rain or sea may miss targets or may cause the late
detection of targets.
 When echo of rain or snow is strong, targets may not be easily distinguished on the
Radar image even if gain, rain and/or sea are turned. In this case, take safe
measures such as reducing sailing speed immediately to avoid a sea disaster.

Software

CAUTION
This system is controlled by software. If ECDIS does not work successfully, turn off
the ECDIS power once and then turn it on again in a few minutes. Inform a TOKYO
KEIKI service station of this later.

Route Monitoring

CAUTION
When a heading sensor or SGCS has trouble, the rudder will be held and unavailable.
See the Autopilot operator’s manual.

Alert Setting

CAUTION
All alert limits should be set for appropriate values depending on the ship condition.

LCD

CAUTION
Do not tap or beat on the screen surface with metal, hard or sharp-edged goods.

v
 Precautions
 ECDIS is useful equipment for navigation but it might not work well because of a
sensor error, connected equipment failure, etc. You should use ECDIS with
adequate caution in order not to cause serious marine distress such as ship
collision, grounding and etc.

 You had better not depend only on the information got from ECDIS, because some
error might be included in signals from sensors such as GPS, gyrocompass, speed
log, radar, AIS transponder, etc., or you might forget to update electronic charts.
Therefore you should judge based on the information from the lookout and other
officers as well as that from ECDIS.

 It is responsible for users to have navigational skills and pay attention to the safe
voyage. ECDIS does not exempt users from their responsibilities at all.

 You must prepare paper charts which cover your planned route onboard if your ship
is not equipped with 2 ECDISes or if you do not have ENC which covers it.

 Only ENC (Electronic Navigational Chart) issued by hydrographic offices in each

country is an official chart.

 ECDIS receives information from EPFS (Electronic Position Fixing System) sensors
such as GPS, etc., to know the own ship position and SOG (Speed Over Ground),
and also all position information is based on WGS-84. Make sure that you set GPS
datum for WGS-84 and never change it.

 Tokyo Keiki ECDIS displays charts from latitude of 85 degrees north to latitude of
85 degrees south. We do not assure the accuracy of chart areas beyond them.

 The information transmitted from AIS transponder is not always correct. For
instance, when a ship is in port and the power switch of the AIS transponder is
turned on with the power switches of the other sensors onboard tuned off, false
information of latitude, longitude, heading, speed, etc., may transmit to ECDIS. In
this case, [****.*] is shown on the ECDIS screen, but this is not an error.

 Read this book carefully and persons who have knowledge of this ECDIS should
operate it.

 This manual is described for users who are familiar with computer or smartphone
operation.

 When you start track control, refer to “operation manual for track control system”
and “Autopilot operator’s manual” in addition to this book.

vi
 Tokyo Keiki ECDIS is type-approved by BV (Bureau Veritas). See the following
website for details.

TOKYO KEIKI INC.

http://www.tokyo-keiki.co.jp/marine/e/products/ecdis.html
IHO
http://www.iho.int/mtg_docs/enc/ECDIS-ENC_StdsIn_Force.htm

 The software of Tokyo Keiki ECDIS runs under Microsoft Windows. The license
agreement is in the appendix.

vii
 Contents
Chapter 1 Overview
1.1 What You Can Do on This ECDIS ...................................................................... 2
1.2 ECDIS Models ................................................................................................... 3
1.3 System Configuration ........................................................................................ 4
1.4 Alarm Unit (EC-9000 Series) ............................................................................. 6
1.5 Operation Panel (EC-8000 Series) .................................................................... 7
1.6 Screen Display .................................................................................................. 8

Chapter 2 Basic Operation

2.1 Power On/Off ................................................................................................... 16
2.2 Operation by Tapping or through Operation Panel ........................................... 18
2.3 Menu ............................................................................................................... 19
2.4 Turning Item On/Off ......................................................................................... 20
2.5 Entering Values or Characters ......................................................................... 20
2.6 Cursor ............................................................................................................. 21
2.7 Touch Sound ................................................................................................... 22
2.8 Information Panel ............................................................................................ 22
2.9 Sorting Data .................................................................................................... 23
2.10 Brightness ....................................................................................................... 24

Chapter 3 Sensor Setup

3.1 Information from Navigational Sensors ............................................................ 27
3.2 Sensor Setup Menu ......................................................................................... 28
3.3 Position Sensor ............................................................................................... 29
3.4 Heading Sensor............................................................................................... 31
3.5 Speed Sensor.................................................................................................. 32
3.6 CCRS .............................................................................................................. 33
3.7 Echo Sounder.................................................................................................. 34
3.8 Anemometer .................................................................................................... 35
3.9 Propeller Revolution Counter........................................................................... 36

Chapter 4 Electronic Chart Display

4.1 Charts Available on This ECDIS ...................................................................... 38
4.2 Scale Change .................................................................................................. 39

viii
4.3 Scrolling Chart ................................................................................................. 42
4.4 Depth .............................................................................................................. 43
4.5 Chart Symbol Style .......................................................................................... 46
4.6 Chart Object Display........................................................................................ 47
4.7 Customizing Chart Objects .............................................................................. 49
4.8 Object Information ........................................................................................... 64
4.9 North-up, Course-up, Route-up ....................................................................... 65
4.10 True Motion, Relative Motion ........................................................................... 66
4.11 Making Own Ship Symbol Position Off-center ................................................. 67
4.12 Chart Color Table............................................................................................. 68
4.13 Showing Neighboring Sea Area ....................................................................... 69
4.14 Saving and Loading User Settings................................................................... 70

Chapter 5 Chart Installation & Update

5.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................... 76
5.2 User Permit ..................................................................................................... 77
5.3 Installing/Updating Charts................................................................................ 78
5.4 Expiry Date of Cell Permit................................................................................ 81
5.5 Uninstalling Charts .......................................................................................... 82
5.6 Checking Updates ........................................................................................... 83
5.7 Manual Update ................................................................................................ 85
5.8 Synchronizing Charts ...................................................................................... 88
5.9 Installing Charts through NavBox or NavStick ................................................. 90
5.10 Update Status Report ...................................................................................... 92
5.11 Chart Coverage ............................................................................................... 95
5.12 Registering Shared Folder ............................................................................... 96

Chapter 6 Own Ship

6.1 Own Ship Symbol Presentation ....................................................................... 98
6.2 Symbol Type.................................................................................................... 99
6.3 Vector ............................................................................................................ 100
6.4 Heading Line ................................................................................................. 102
6.5 Prediction Line............................................................................................... 103
6.6 Anchor Location ............................................................................................ 104
6.7 Past Position ................................................................................................. 105
6.8 Own Ship AIS Information.............................................................................. 106

Chapter 7 Other Ships

7.1 Displaying Targets ......................................................................................... 108
7.2 Target Symbol Presentation........................................................................... 109

ix
7.3 Vector ............................................................................................................ 114
7.4 Target Display Range .................................................................................... 116
7.5 Target Information ......................................................................................... 117
7.6 Activating AIS Targets .................................................................................... 122
7.7 Target Association ......................................................................................... 123
7.8 Past Position ................................................................................................. 124

Chapter 8 Route Planning

8.1 Route Presentation ........................................................................................ 126
8.2 Planning Route .............................................................................................. 129
8.3 Route-Check ................................................................................................. 134
8.4 Reference Route ........................................................................................... 138
8.5 Merging Two Routes...................................................................................... 139
8.6 Critical Point .................................................................................................. 140

Chapter 9 Route Monitoring

9.1 Starting Route Monitoring .............................................................................. 143
9.2 End of Route Monitoring ................................................................................ 146
9.3 Alert and Safety Check .................................................................................. 147
9.4 Modifying Route ............................................................................................ 149

Chapter 10 User Chart

10.1 What Does User Chart Mean? ....................................................................... 152
10.2 Drawing User Chart ....................................................................................... 153
10.3 Mark .............................................................................................................. 155
10.4 Text, Remark ................................................................................................. 156
10.5 Line, No-go Line ............................................................................................ 157
10.6 Area, No-go Area ........................................................................................... 158
10.7 Tidal Stream / Current ................................................................................... 161
10.8 Clearing Line ................................................................................................. 162
10.9 Free Drawing ................................................................................................. 163

Chapter 11 Navigation Record

11.1 Recording Items ............................................................................................ 165
11.2 Showing Log.................................................................................................. 166
11.3 Log Panel ...................................................................................................... 167
11.4 Protecting Log Data ....................................................................................... 169
11.5 Playing Back Navigation Log ......................................................................... 170
11.6 Screenshot .................................................................................................... 173

x
Chapter 12 File Management
12.1 Introduction ................................................................................................... 176
12.2 Exporting Files............................................................................................... 177
12.3 Importing Files ............................................................................................... 179
12.4 Synchronizing Files ....................................................................................... 180
12.5 Transferring Route......................................................................................... 181

Chapter 13 Radar Image

13.1 Turning on Radar Image ................................................................................ 183
13.2 Selecting Radar ............................................................................................. 184
13.3 Adjusting Radar Image .................................................................................. 184
13.4 Radar Status ................................................................................................. 185

Chapter 14 EBL, VRM, Parallel Index Line

14.1 Turn on EBL/VRM ......................................................................................... 187
14.2 Adjusting EBL and VRM ................................................................................ 188
14.3 EBL Shape .................................................................................................... 189
14.4 Offset............................................................................................................. 190
14.5 Parallel Index Line ......................................................................................... 191

Chapter 15 LOP
15.1 What Does LOP Mean? ................................................................................. 193
15.2 Drawing LOP ................................................................................................. 194
15.3 TPL ............................................................................................................... 196
15.4 Estimating Own Ship Position ........................................................................ 197
15.5 Plotting Own Ship Position ............................................................................ 200
15.6 LOP History ................................................................................................... 201

Chapter 16 NAVTEX Message

16.1 Sign of New Messages .................................................................................. 203
16.2 Reading NAVTEX Messages ......................................................................... 203
16.3 Presentation of NAVTEX Message Panel ...................................................... 204
16.4 Message Filter ............................................................................................... 206
16.5 NAVTEX Receiver Masks .............................................................................. 210
16.6 Geographical Information in Message ........................................................... 211

Chapter 17 Alert
17.1 Alert and Indication with Message ................................................................. 213
17.2 When Alert Occurs… ..................................................................................... 214
17.3 Alert Display .................................................................................................. 215

xi
17.4 Alert Setting ................................................................................................... 216
17.5 Alert Escalation ............................................................................................. 219
17.6 Alert Category ............................................................................................... 220
17.7 Alert Transfer ................................................................................................. 220
17.8 Look Ahead ................................................................................................... 221
17.9 Anchor Watch ................................................................................................ 225
17.10 MOB .............................................................................................................. 227

Chapter 18 Video
18.1 Overview ....................................................................................................... 229
18.2 Playback screen operation ............................................................................ 229
18.3 Tutorial Video ................................................................................................ 230
18.4 Maintenance video ........................................................................................ 236

Chapter 19 Backup ECDIS

19.1 Roles Backup ECDIS Plays ........................................................................... 240
19.2 Taking Over Functions, Charts and User Data ............................................... 241

Chapter 20 Maintenance & Troubleshooting

20.1 Inspection and Maintenance .......................................................................... 243
20.2 Software Version ........................................................................................... 257
20.3 Software Upgrade ......................................................................................... 258
20.4 Service Menu ................................................................................................ 259
20.5 Troubleshooting ............................................................................................. 265
20.6 Warranty ........................................................................................................ 277

Chapter 21 Specifications
21.1 Standards ...................................................................................................... 280
21.2 Main Specifications........................................................................................ 282

APPENDIX
Appendix 1 Abbreviation ................................................................................ 304
Appendix 2 Alert ............................................................................................ 309
Appendix 3 Indication with Message .............................................................. 313
Appendix 4 Compatibility Check with IHO S-52 Presentation Library ............. 314
Appendix 5 License Agreement...................................................................... 318

xii
Chapter 1 Overview

1.1 What You Can Do on This ECDIS ...................................................... 2

1.2 ECDIS Models ................................................................................... 3
1.3 System Configuration ........................................................................ 4
1.4 Alarm Unit (EC-9000 Series) ............................................................. 6
1.5 Operation Panel (EC-8000 Series) .................................................... 7
1.6 Screen Display .................................................................................. 8
1.6.1 Chart Area............................................................................ 9
1.6.2 Header ............................................................................... 10
1.6.3 Toolbar ............................................................................... 11
1.6.4 Footer ................................................................................ 12
1.6.5 Function ............................................................................. 13
1.6.6 Icons .................................................................................. 14

-1-
1.1 What You Can Do on This ECDIS

ECDIS displays charts, the own ship,

other ships, and various information
connecting navigational sensors.
ECDIS will play a major role in your
voyage and will contribute to the
safety of navigation.

 Main functions
- Showing ENC and ARCS chat. (Displaying ARCS chart will be included in future
releases.)
- Updating charts
- Showing tracked targets and AIS targets
- Route planning and route check for the safety
- Navigating along a pre-planned route (route monitoring, track control)
- Keeping navigational logs and playing them back
- Taking navigational notes
- Overlaying Radar images
etc.

 ECDIS standards
TOKYO KEIKI ECDIS is designed and developed in compliance with the international
standards including IEC61174 Ed.4. See “21.1 Standards” for details.

 Corresponding software version

This manual is described based on the ECDIS software version 2.0.xxx.

-2-
1.2 ECDIS Models

The ECDIS model number is different depending on the screen size.

EC-90□□
19: 19-inch LCD
24: 24-inch LCD
27: 27-inch LCD

EC-8□□□□

LCD size Stand type or console type

1: 19 inches None: Stand type
6: 26 inches K: Console type

With/Without CID display, Size of extra LCD

With/Without extra LCD 0: Same as the primary LCD
0: No CID, no extra LCD or without an extra LCD
1: With CID, no extra LCD 1: Different from the primary
2: With CID, with extra LCD LCD

-3-
1.3 System Configuration

 EC-9000 Series

Display unit (LCD)

Radar signal
Radar images
Trigger signals
AC etc.

DC24V
GPS
Control unit Gyrocompass
Interface unit
Speed log
AIS
Radar info.
etc.

Alarm unit

NOTE The LCD size is different depending on the ECDIS model.

AC input : 100~220V 50~60Hz

-4-
 EC-8000 Series

LCD 1 (ECDIS)

Radar signal
Radar images
Trigger signals
etc.
Radar overlay unit

GPS
AC Gyrocompass
Speed log
DC24V
AIS
etc.
Control unit Serial I/F unit

Operation unit

NOTE The Radar overlay unit is an optional extra.

AC input : 100~220V 50~60Hz

-5-
1.4 Alarm Unit (EC-9000 Series)

Alert acknowledgement

USB ports
Power switch (2 A-type ports)

Item selection Alert silence

EBL dial VRM dial

NOTE Plug in a USB-based external CD/DVD drive to install or update charts.

-6-
 1.5 Operation Panel (EC-8000 Series)

RADAR AIS HIDE

TT
COLOR TABLE
UpDn RAIN SEA
ENT CNCL
POWER GAIN

EBL
RANGE Trackball
HOME ACK VRM
EBL dial
PANEL STD VRM dial

POWER ...... Power on/off EBL dial ...... Change the EBL bearing,
COLOR TABLE .... Change the color table EBL offset by holding down
UpDn ........... Change a chart scale, scroll this dial.
a list, change a value RANGE +,- ......... Change the chart scale
RADAR ....... Radar image on/off PANEL ........ Brightness change of the
TT ............... TT on/off operation panel
AIS .............. AIS target on/off HOME ......... Show a chart area which
RAIN ........... Radar image adjustment covers an own ship position
against rain/snow reflection STD ............ Show chart objects in the
HIDE ........... Remove all windows from “Standard display”
the chart screen ACK ............ Acknowledge an alert
SEA............. Radar image adjustment VRM dial ..... Change a VRM size, Press
against sea reflection this dial to show parallel
GAIN ........... Radar image adjustment lines
ENT............. Enter a value or letters, VRM 1,2 ...... VRM on/off, Choose one
execute, fix your selection pair of EBL&VRM when 2
CNCL .......... Cancel the currently pairs are on the screen
executed command, Show a Trackball ..... Move the cursor
pop-up menu
EBL 1,2 ....... EBL on/off, Choose one pair
of EBL&VRM when 2 pairs
are on the screen.

-7-
1.6 Screen Display

The screen figures in this section are just examples. You do not see functions your ship
is not equipped with in the figures.

Header
Chart area

Toolbar

Footer Function

-8-
1.6.1 Chart Area
The north arrow, is displayed at
the top left of the chart screen. A
scale/latitude bar and a unit of
depth and height are shown in the
lower left.

Go back to the previous step of menu when you are in a submenu.

North arrow

Indication with messages regarding

the current chart display. Cell name of the
active chart

Unit of depth and height

The scale bar is 2-color The latitude bar is 2-color

graduation of orange and graduation of black and
grey. The whole length grey. The whole length
indicates 1 NM. It is indicates 10 NM. It is
shown on charts on a shown on charts on a
scale of over 1/80,000. scale of 1/80,000 or
below.
10 NM
1 NM

-9-
1.6.2 Header
Alert information, MOB, and the
current own ship information, MOB
which is called “system data” are System data
shown in the header.
Alert information

 Alert information and MOB

Number of active alarms, warnings, and cautions

MOB panel

Active alert Show alert list

Acknowledge alert Silence alert

 System data
Own ship position, heading, speed, their primary sensors, etc., are shown here. The
letter color of the sensor type means the communication state between ECDIS and the
sensors or the accuracy of sensor information. See “3.1 Information from Navigational
Sensors” for details.

Position Heading
COG UKC

Speed (STW) SOG Datum

- 10 -
1.6.3 Toolbar

Minimize the toolbar

Color table Maximize the toolbar.

Day1, Day2, Dusk, or Night.

North-up, course-up, or route-up.

True motion or relative motion

<TM> Go back to the chart which covers the own

ship position.
<RM> Off-center display of the own ship symbol.

Vector stabilization
Chart settings
GND/SEA

Vector length

Chart scale
Scale accuracy
Chart object display
BASE, STD, ALL, CUST
Accuracy of chart data

AIS targets

Tracked targets

Radar settings

MSI objects

- 11 -
1.6.4 Footer

That the green arrows

are turning means the
system is working.
.... Hide the footer.
LAT/LON of cursor position .... Show the footer.

Date and time

Cursor information

Safety contour & safety depth

True direction and distance
from the own ship position Required time to the position you
tapped on a chart, which means the
cursor position, from the own ship
position

Take a screenshot
Take notes

Change a display setting Display EBL and VRM

back to the default.

- 12 -
1.6.5 Function
Tap at the lower right
corner to show the frequently-used
functions.

Information

Open the other

functions or menu.

Chart management
LOP

Route planning
Look ahead

Route monitoring
Anchor watch

User chart
Parallel index

- 13 -
1.6.6 Icons
The following table explains the meaning of the icons you see on this ECDIS, excluding
the icons in the header, footer, or toolbar.

On Sort data or files

Off Search

Open a submenu Locked

Go back to the previous
step of menu. Unlocked

Edit Display

Show a list panel Hide

Close Update

Remove Maximize a panel.

Selected Minimize a panel.

Not selected

- 14 -
Chapter 2 Basic Operation

2.1 Power On/Off ................................................................................... 16

2.1.1 EC-9000 Series.................................................................. 16
2.1.2 EC-8000 Series.................................................................. 17
2.2 Operation by Tapping or through Operation Panel ........................... 18
2.3 Menu ............................................................................................... 19
2.4 Turning Item On/Off ......................................................................... 20
2.5 Entering Values or Characters ......................................................... 20
2.6 Cursor.............................................................................................. 21
2.6.1 Cursor Shape ..................................................................... 21
2.6.2 Unit of Cursor Information .................................................. 21
2.7 Touch Sound.................................................................................... 22
2.8 Information Panel ............................................................................ 22
2.8.1 Moving and Removing Panel ............................................. 22
2.8.2 Scrolling Table Data ........................................................... 23
2.8.3 Changing Panel Size.......................................................... 23
2.9 Sorting Data .................................................................................... 23
2.10 Brightness ....................................................................................... 24
2.10.1 Screen Brightness Indicator ............................................... 24
2.10.2 Adjusting Brightness .......................................................... 25

– 15 –
2.1 Power On/Off

2.1.1 EC-9000 Series

 Power On

Turn on the AC and DC

breakers on the control unit.
DC (red)
AC (black)

Power switch

Hold down the power switch on the alarm

unit for a few seconds, and the power
switch will be lit red and then green. You
will see the initial screen in a few minutes.

 Power Off
Hold down the power switch on the alarm unit for a few seconds. The system will shut
down in 30 seconds.

NOTE
 Usually you just hold down the power switch to start or shut down ECDIS with the AC
and DC breakers turned on. It is recommended that you should turn off the breakers
too when you do not use ECDIS for a long time.
 Once you turn off the power, wait for at least 30 seconds to turn it on again.
 When it is below zero degrees Celsius in the bridge, the system might not start. In
this case, turn off the power switch with the AC and DC breakers on in order to warm
up the system. Wait a few minutes and then turn the power switch on.

– 16 –
2.1.2 EC-8000 Series
 Power On

Open the small door on the front panel, and then turn on
the AC and DC breakers.

DC (red)
AC (black)

Hold down POWER on the operation panel to start ECDIS.

 Power Off
Hold down POWER on the operation panel for a few seconds. The system will stop in
30 seconds.

NOTE
 Usually you just hold down the power switch to start or shut down ECDIS with the AC
and DC breakers turned on. It is recommended that you should turn off the breakers
too when you do not use ECDIS for a long time.
 Once you turn off the power, wait for at least 30 seconds to turn it on again.
 When it is below zero degrees Celsius in the bridge, the system might not start. In
this case, turn off the power switch with the AC and DC breakers on in order to warm
up the system. Wait a few minutes and then turn the power switch on.

– 17 –
2.2 Operation by Tapping or through Operation Panel

This manual is described for touch screen users. You might operate ECDIS through the
operation panel depending on the ECDIS model. The following table explains the main
difference of how you operate ECDIS.

Touch screen Through the operation panel

Choose, specify Tap Hold down ENT on a cursor position.

Open a pop-up menu Long-tap Hold down CNCL on a cursor position.

Scroll, Move, ENT–trackball on a cursor position

Swipe or drag (= Move the trackball while holding down
Change a panel size ENT on a cursor position.)

Change chart scale Pinch-in/out Hold down RNG +/-.

– 18 –
2.3 Menu

Tap in the lower right corner of the screen, and you will see the menu of
frequently-used functions. Tap in the upper right to see the other menu. Scroll the
menu up or down to see further menu.

The other menu

Frequently-used functions

– 19 –
2.4 Turning Item On/Off

Every time you tap or , on or off is switched.

Off On

2.5 Entering Values or Characters

Tap a value and then enter alphanumeric characters through a keyboard or a numeric
keypad. Do not forget to tap “enter” at the end of entering.

Remove entries

Input range

– 20 –
2.6 Cursor

2.6.1 Cursor Shape

You see different cursor shapes depending on
where the cursor is. .... on the chart screen

..... on the menu

2.6.2 Unit of Cursor Information

Either nautical mile or meter is available for distance from the own ship position to the
cursor position.

NM  m

Information of the cursor position

1. Open the menu, and then tap [Customize]  [Other].

2. Choose NM or m as a unit of the cursor information.

– 21 –
2.7 Touch Sound

1. Open the menu, and then tap [Customize]  [Other].

2. Turn on or off “beep on click”. If you do not see the menu item, scroll the menu up or
down.

2.8 Information Panel

2.8.1 Moving and Removing Panel

Tap [X] to remove Drag the title bar to move the panel.
the window

– 22 –
2.8.2 Scrolling Table Data
Tap table data and move your finger over without losing contact to scroll the data. The
vertical scrollbar is also useful when there are a lot of data.

Scrollbar

2.8.3 Changing Panel Size

Tap the edge of a panel and move your finger over without losing contact to change the
panel size.

2.9 Sorting Data

You can sort data in a panel and files in the menu.

This section describes sorting data taking route files
as an example.

Tap and

choose a sort criterion. You will

see the list sorted with your
criterion.

– 23 –
2.10 Brightness

2.10.1 Screen Brightness Indicator

The chart display color is defined in the ECDIS international standards, and how much it
is adjusted from the standard value is indicated.

 EC-9000 Series

<Darker> <Standard> <Brighter>

Yellow Green Yellow

Screen brightness adjustment

 EC-8000 Series
There is a screen brightness indicator on the LCD bezel or on the status bar in the lower
left of the screen depending on the ECDIS model.

<Darker> <Standard> <Brighter>

Gray “ECDIS” with red “-” Green “ECDIS” Gray “ECDIS” with red “+”

－ ECDIS ＋ － ECDIS ＋ － ECDIS ＋

If the brightness is
adjusted far from the
standard, you will see
neither “-“ nor “+”.
Screen brightness adjustment

– 24 –
2.10.2 Adjusting Brightness
You adjust brightness of the screen and the alarm unit in the menu.

1. Open the menu, and then tap [Customize]  [Other].

2. Adjust the screen brightness or the alarm unit brightness by sliding the bar or
tapping “–“ or “+”.

Screen brightness

Alarm unit brightness

– 25 –
Chapter 3 Sensor Setup

3.1 Information from Navigational Sensors ............................................ 27

3.2 Sensor Setup Menu ......................................................................... 28
3.2.1 Open the sensor menu....................................................... 28
3.2.2 Shortcut to the sensor menu .............................................. 28
3.3 Position Sensor ............................................................................... 29
3.3.1 Setup ................................................................................. 29
3.3.2 DR Position ........................................................................ 30
3.4 Heading Sensor ............................................................................... 31
3.5 Speed Sensor .................................................................................. 32
3.6 CCRS .............................................................................................. 33
3.6.1 Sensor Type ....................................................................... 33
3.6.2 Sensor Setup for Position, Heading and Speed ................. 33
3.7 Echo Sounder .................................................................................. 34
3.8 Anemometer .................................................................................... 35
3.9 Propeller Revolution Counter ........................................................... 36

- 26 -
3.1 Information from Navigational Sensors

ECDIS works referring to

information from navigational
sensors such as position sensors,
heading sensors, speed sensors,
etc. You see a primary sensor type
and information from it in the
header area.

Information from a heading Information from

sensor. an echo sounder

Information from a speed sensor.

Information from a When your ship is equipped with a dual-axis log,
position sensor. STW or SOG will be indicated depending on the
LAT & LON of the own information from your speed log.
ship conning position,
not a GPS position.

Color of sensor type

State of Sensor
Color information System operation

Green Normal ECDIS refers to information from the sensor

Doubtful or
Yellow ECDIS refers to information from the sensor.
corrupted data
- ECDIS does not refers to information from the
primary sensor. The last plausible value remains in
red.
Invalid or
Orange disconnected - If the secondary sensor is unavailable although the
primary sensor is available, the sensor type is
indicated in orange because ECDIS does not
compare information difference between them.

- 27 -
3.2 Sensor Setup Menu

3.2.1 Open the sensor menu

Open the menu, and then tap [Sensors] 
[Position / Heading / Speed / Other], and you will
see a sensor setup menu.

3.2.2 Shortcut to the sensor menu

Tapping the system data area in the header or date indication in the footer area will
open the sensor setup menu.

 Header

Tap here to open the top Tap here to open the top
menu of the heading sensor. menu of the position sensor.

Tap here to open the top Tap here to open the top menu of
menu of the position sensor. the speed sensor.

 Footer

Tap here to open the depth Tap here to open the date
setup menu. and time setup menu.

- 28 -
3.3 Position Sensor

3.3.1 Setup
Tap [Sensors]  [Position sensor] in the menu to show the position sensor setup menu.

Select the primary and secondary sensors.

NOTE
 AIS and DR are only available when GPS is
unavailable.
 This ECDIS supports GPS, GNSS, GLONASS,
and Galileo, but you might only see GPS instead
of them depending on the ECDIS software
version.

When you find a chart object position different

from the given information, turn on the position
offset and enter an offset value to correct the
display position.
Once you turn it on, the own ship position
indication will turn orange in the header area.

Turn on the 2nd position sensor display to show

information from the secondary position sensor.

This ECDIS receives date and time information

from the primary position sensor.
Select UTC or LOC and the date and time
format.

NOTE Your selection UTC or LOC will be

available for all the date and time indications.

Total distance information by GPS.

- 29 -
3.3.2 DR Position
Entering a DR position is only available when GPS information is invalid.

1. Open the menu, and then tap [Own Ship]  [DR setting].

Enter a DR position, SET

and DRIFT.

2. Tap [Sensors]  [Position sensor], and then choose DR as the primary position
sensor.

- 30 -
3.4 Heading Sensor

Tap [Sensors]  [Heading sensor] in the menu to show the heading sensor setup menu.

Select the primary sensor and

the secondary sensor.

NOTE
 AIS and MANUAL are only available when Gyrocompass is unavailable.
 When a magnet compass is used as a heading sensor, “MAGNET” is indicated as
the sensor type.
 When the own ship is equipped with a dual-Gyrocompass system, in almost all cased,
ECDIS receives a signal switched to by a heading monitor, which is a signal transfer
device, as primary sensor information. You are not allowed to specify the secondary
sensor. For example, when a sensor signal switches “GYRO2” on Gyrocompass, you
will only see “GYRO2” as the primary sensor.

- 31 -
3.5 Speed Sensor

Tap [Sensors]  [Speed sensor] from the menu to show the speed sensor setup menu.

Select the primary sensor.

NOTE AIS and MANUAL are only available

when your speed log is not available.

Total distance information by speed log.

Asterisks in red (***.**) .....No information.

Value in red (123.4)..........The last plausible
value. You should
reset your speed log
because the total
distance information
is invalid.

ECDIS calculates how big disturbance is

referring to information from GPS, speed log,
and Gyrocompass, and the result is shown
here. The value might change every second.

Set ............ Direction of ocean or tidal current

Drift ........... Velocity of current

- 32 -
3.6 CCRS

When your ship is equipped with INS and your ECDIS is connected to CCRS
(Consistent Common Reference System), position, heading and speed information is all
received from it. This is an optional extra.

NOTE If CCRS is not available because of a failure, you need to specify primary and
secondary sensors because ECDIS does not automatically change the sensor settings.

3.6.1 Sensor Type

When CCRS is adopted, you see “CCRS” as a sensor type in the header area.

3.6.2 Sensor Setup for Position, Heading and Speed

All you have to do is choose CCRS as the primary
sensor. You do not need to choose the secondary
sensor. The figure on the right is an example of the
position sensor setup menu.
Position monitoring and heading monitoring
between primary and secondary sensors
automatically work.

- 33 -
3.7 Echo Sounder

Open the menu and then tap [Sensors]  [Other Sensors] to show the echo sounder
menu.

Set UKC limit, draft, and max time.

Tap to show
an echo sounder
panel.

The red line shows the

limit for the “depth alarm”

Change the depth range between

0 – 20m, 0 – 40m, 0 – 100m and
0 – 200m.

- 34 -
3.8 Anemometer

Open the menu and then tap [Sensors]  [Other Sensors] to see the anemometer
menu.

Set speed limit, period to calculate an Tap to show

average value and speed unit. an anemometer
panel.

Choose true or relative.

Beaufort scale.
BF0 to BF12 represent the strength of the wind.
The larger the number, the stronger the wind.

- 35 -
3.9 Propeller Revolution Counter

Open the menu and then tap [Sensors]  [Other Sensor s] to see the propeller
revolution counter menu.

Set maximum RPM, period to calculate an

Tap to
average value, full or half display, pitch unit.
show a propeller
revolution counter
panel.

Full display Half display

- 36 -
Chapter 4 Electronic Chart Display

4.1 Charts Available on This ECDIS ......................................................... 38

4.1.1 Datum .................................................................................. 38
4.1.2 ENC Only ............................................................................. 38
4.2 Scale Change .................................................................................... 39
4.2.1 Pinching in or Pinching out ................................................... 39
4.2.2 Selecting from Scale List ...................................................... 39
4.2.3 Enlargement/Reduction Ratio ............................................... 40
4.3 Scrolling Chart ................................................................................... 42
4.4 Depth ................................................................................................. 43
4.4.1 Safety Contour and Safety Depth ......................................... 43
4.4.2 Depth Color-coding .............................................................. 45
4.5 Chart Symbol Style ............................................................................ 46
4.6 Chart Object Display .......................................................................... 47
4.6.1 Type of chart object display .................................................. 47
4.6.2 Changing Chart Object Display ............................................ 48
4.7 Customizing Chart Objects ................................................................ 49
4.7.1 Customizing Chart Objects from “All Object Display” ............ 49
4.7.2 Chart Objects Customizable from All Object Display ............ 50
4.7.3 Customizing Chart Objects Other Than “All Object Display” . 54
4.8 Object Information.............................................................................. 64
4.9 North-up, Course-up, Route-up .......................................................... 65
4.10 True Motion, Relative Motion ............................................................. 66
4.11 Making Own Ship Symbol Position Off-center .................................... 67
4.12 Chart Color Table ............................................................................... 68
4.13 Showing Neighboring Sea Area ......................................................... 69
4.14 Saving and Loading User Settings ..................................................... 70
4.14.1 Items and Default ................................................................. 70
4.14.2 Saving or Loading User Settings .......................................... 73
4.14.3 Restoring to Default Setting .................................................. 74
4.14.4 Menu Presentation of User Settings ..................................... 74

– 37 –
4.1 Charts Available on This ECDIS

4.1.1 Datum
The chart datum is WGS-84. You
see it in the header area.

4.1.2 ENC Only

When more than one type of chart is installed on your ECDIS, turn on “ENC only” to
display only ENC without showing the other types of charts.

– 38 –
4.2 Scale Change

4.2.1 Pinching in or Pinching out

Pinch in the chart screen to reduce a chart. Pinch out to enlarge.

4.2.2 Selecting from Scale List

Zoom in (twice)

Zoom out (1/2 times)

Select a cell level  a scale.

– 39 –
4.2.3 Enlargement/Reduction Ratio
Seeing charts on the compilation scale is most suitable and correct. This system uses 5
words to show how enlarged/reduced a chart is.

 Five terms to show how enlarged/reduced a chart is

Normal scale
When a chart is displayed five sixth to twice as large as its compilation scale.
Over scale
When a chart is displayed twice or over as large as its compilation scale.
Under scale
When a chart is displayed five sixth or less as large as its compilation scale.

<Eg.> A chart whose compilation scale is 1/500,000

Normal scale： 1/250,000 – 1/600,000
Over scale： 1/250,000 or over
Under scale： 1/600,000 or less

Larger scale
When there are larger-scaled charts or more detailed charts installed.
Best scale
When a chart is the most detailed and is displayed on a compilation scale.

<Eg.> When there are three charts which are different scale on a same sea
area, and their compilation scale is different --- chart A：1/200,000, chart B：
1/500,000, chart C：1/2,500,000.
Larger scale： when the chart B or C is the active chart
Best scale： when the chart A is the active chart and it is displayed on a
scale of the normal scale (1/100,000 – 1/240,000).

Active chart............... A chart which covers the own ship position or a chart
which is on the center of the chart screen
Compilation scale ..... The chart scale which was used for chart creation.

– 40 –
 Colors for how enlarged/reduced the active chart is
The active chart condition is shown next to the scale indication in the toolbar.

Green
................... Normal scale or best scale. Suitable for
Ora
navigation.
Yellow
................... Under scale, over scale, or larger scale.
Ora
Not suitable for navigation.

 Over-scale sign
 When a chart is enlarged
and over-scaled, vertical
lines are shown on it. The
over-scale sign is one of
the chart objects in the
standard display.
You can remove it by
customizing the chart object
display. See “4.7 Customizing
Chart Objects”.

– 41 –
4.3 Scrolling Chart

Swipe or slide the chart screen to scroll a chart.

What if you scroll a chart and then you are out of the own ship area?

In the true motion or the relative motion, once you scroll a chart to see another sea
area, the same chart will remain there and will not be automatically scrolled. Some
ship symbols may go out of the chart.
In order to go back to the typical true or relative motion, tap or (grayish
true/relative motion icon). Tap in the toolbar to show the own ship symbol at the
center of the chart screen. See “4.10 True Motion, Relative Motion”.

– 42 –
4.4 Depth

4.4.1 Safety Contour and Safety Depth

 Safety Contour
Enter a safety contour value taking your
ship’s UKC into account. You will see the
safety contour highlighted, sea areas
shallower than it in blue, and sea areas
deeper than it in light blue.

NOTE When a chart does not have the

safety contour value you set, one deeper
depth contour will be highlighted as a
safety contour.

 Safety Depth
When you enter a safety
depth value, you will see
the spot sounding which is
the same value as you set
and which is shallower
than it highlighted.

NOTE Highlighting
safety depth is only
applicable not only when
“safety depth shown” is
turned on but “all object
display” is chosen as the 10m safety contour
chart object display or
when you selected “spot
sounding” in a customizing This is an example of when the safety contour is set
display. to 10m or 6 ~ 9m, and of when the safety depth is
set to 10m.

– 43 –
 Settings for Safety Contour and Safety Depth

Chart setting

Tap the safety contour value and

then enter a value through the
numeric keypad.

Tap the safety depth value and

then enter a value through the
numeric keypad.

Turn on “safety depth shown” to

show safety depth values.

 Indications for Safety contour and Safety depth

You see safety contour and
safety depth values in the
footer area.

– 44 –
4.4.2 Depth Color-coding
You will see color coded sea area, which is 2 or 4 shades, based on the depth value you
enter.

< Two shades >

< Four shades >

Chart setting

Select [two shades] or

[four shades].

For “four shades”, enter shallow

contour and deep contour
values.

– 45 –
4.5 Chart Symbol Style

There are two types of the chart symbol style.

[Symplified symbols] [Paper chart]

Typical display of ENC Paper chart display

Open the menu  Tap [Chart symbol]  [Symbol setting], and then choose Simplified
or Paper Chart.

– 46 –
4.6 Chart Object Display

4.6.1 Type of chart object display

There are three types of chart object display on this ECDIS: base display, standard
display, and all object display.

Type Indication Display

Display the chart content which cannot be removed

from the chart screen. It is not sufficient for safe
navigation.

- coastline (high water)

- own ship's safety contour
- isolated underwater dangers of depths less than
Base display BASE the safety contour which lie within the safe waters
defined by the safety contour
- isolated dangers above water which lie within the
safe water defined by the safety contour such as
fixed structures, overhead wires, etc.
- scale, range and north arrow
- units of depth and height
- type of chart object display

Display the standard chart objects. Intended to be

used as a minimum during route planning and route
monitoring

- base display
- drying line
- buoys, beacons, other aids to navigation and fixed
Standard
STD structures
display
- boundaries of fairways, channels, etc.
- visual and radar conspicuous features
- prohibited and restricted areas
- chart scale boundaries
- indication of cautionary notes
- ship’s routing systems and ferry routes
- archipelagic sea lanes

All object
ALL Display all chart objects contained in ENC
display

– 47 –
4.6.2 Changing Chart Object Display

Select from BASE, STD and ALL.

[BASE]
Base display

[STD]
Standard display

[ALL]
All object display

– 48 –
4.7 Customizing Chart Objects

4.7.1 Customizing Chart Objects from “All Object Display”

1. Tap the chart object display in the toolbar and then choose CUST.

2. Select chart objects you like to show from the customize panel.

Chart objects in the Chart objects in the all

standard display object display.

NOTE When you removed at least one chart object in the standard object, you will see
a message telling that at the lower left of the screen.

– 49 –
4.7.2 Chart Objects Customizable from All Object Display
The following is a list of chart objects. You are not allowed to customize the chart objects
contained in the “display base” because they must be displayed according to the ECDIS
international standards.

Category Chart Object

No data, unsurveyed, incompletely
Information about surveyed area
the chart display
Non-HO data boundary
Land area Land area
Dangers above Bridge, pylon, overhead cable, conveyor,
water overhead pipeline, offshore platform
Coastline, ice shelf, glacier, shoreline,
construction, tie-up wall, dolphin, gate, pile,
Display base Drying line crib, wellhead, ice boom, floating dock, hulk,
pontoon, oil boom, log boom, flood barrage
Dock, lock, canal, river
Safety contour
Safety contour
Depth area, dredged area

Isolated underwater danger in water deeper

Dangers under than the displayed safety contour (rocks,
Standard Display

water wrecks, obstructions, mooring cables from

conditional symbology procedure)

Drying line Lake, sloping ground, slope top, dyke, causeway, dam
Generic object
Radar conspicuous object
Conspicuous
Visually conspicuous object
landmarks
Built up area
Buoy, light float, mooring buoy
Light vessel

Buoy, Beacon
beacons, aids Daymark
to navigation Direction of buoyage IALA buoyage regions
Buoys, beacons,
topmarks, lights, Topmarks ‑ for paper chart symbols
fog signals Light
Fog signal, retro-reflector
Radar
Racon
Radar reflector

– 50 –
 Category Chart Object
Distance mark
Gridiron
Swept area
Fairway
Boundaries
Anchorage area, anchor berth
and limits
Dumping ground
Cargo transshipment, incineration
Restricted area
Prohibited and
Restricted and Submarine transit lane, military practice
restricted
cautionary areas area, sea plane landing area, offshore
areas
production area
Chart scale
Chart scale boundary, overscale data
boundaries
Cautionary
Caution area
notes
Leading line, clearing line, traffic lane, deep water route, traffic
separation area, traffic separation line, traffic roundabout, traffic
crossing, precautionary area, traffic separation scheme boundary,
deep water route centre line, two way route part, inshore traffic
zone
Ships’ routing
systems and Recommended track, recommended traffic lane, recommended
ferry routes route centerline
Ferry route
Radar line, limit of shore radar
Radio calling in point
Archipelagic
Archipelagic sea lane
sea lanes

Information about Place-holder for geographic names

the chart display Major coastal features
Depth Area of depth less than the safety contour
Mooring cables, tunnel on seabed,
Seabed dangers sandwaves
Miscellaneous
Routes and Tracks
Information areas,
Fishing ground, marine farm, fishing facility
protected areas
Pilot boarding point
Services
Signal station, traffic, sig. stn. Warning

– 51 –
 Category Chart Object
Spot
Soundings
soundings
Submarine Pipeline area, cable area
cables and
pipelines Submarine cable, submarine pipeline

Rocks, wrecks, obstructions, which are not a danger to own ship's

navigation (these are all Display Base if a danger to own ship)
All isolated
dangers Non-dangerous rocks, wrecks and obstructions which have a
VALSOU attribute and are not a danger to own-ship’s navigation
(these objects are all Display Base if a danger to own-ship)
Magnetic
Magnetic variation, local magnetic anomaly
variation
Depth
Depth contours other than the safety contour
contours
Nature of seabed
Seabed Spring, sea weed
Water turbulence
Tidal information）
Tidal
Current and tidal stream information
Other Objects

Nautical publication
Data scale and coverage
Dunes, hills, ridge, clifftop, contours,
elevation
Natural features Trees, vegetation, mangrove, marsh
River or lake, rapids, waterfall
Tideway
Any of the following not classified as
CONVIS1: landmark, building, tank, silo,
water tower, wall, fort
Shore structures Airport, runway
Miscellaneous
Railway, road, tunnel, control point
Quarry, refinery, power station, tank farm,
wind farm, factory, timber yard
Harbour type, customs check point
Port features Berth number, mooring facility (such as
bollard), gate (such as lock gate), dry dock,
crane
Routes
Continental shelf
Administrative
Harbour area, free port area, customs zone
areas
Fishery zone

– 52 –
Category Chart Object
Contiguous zone, exclusive economic zone,
national territorial area, territorial sea,
territorial sea baseline, administration area
Radar station, radio station
Services
Coastguard station, rescue station
Small craft facilities Small craft facilities

– 53 –
4.7.3 Customizing Chart Objects Other Than “All Object Display”
 Shallow Pattern
Sea areas shallower than the current safety contour is shown with a lattice pattern.

 Shallow Water Dangers

You see shallow water danger as a symbol on the right. It is one of the
chart objects in the standard display.

< [Shallow Pattern] ON >

< [Shallow Pattern] OFF >

< [Shallow Water Danger] ON > < [Shallow Water Danger] OFF >

– 54 –
 Plain Boundaries
Boundaries are shown as straight broken lines.

< [Plain Boundaries] ON >

< [Plain Boundaries] OFF >

– 55 –
 Text
You see text information which is classified into the important text, other text and other
text in a national language.

NOTE National language is only shown when local language data is contained in
chart data.

< [National Language] ON > < [National Language] OFF >

Example of a chart issued by Japan
hydrographic association.

– 56 –
 Highlight Info. and Highlight Document
The chart symbol of highlight information and highlight document is
the same one.

– 57 –
 Full Light Lines
Full light lines are shown based on the current scale.

 LAT/LON Grid
Latitude and longitude lines are shown.

< [Full light lines] ON > < [Lat/Lon grid] ON >

– 58 –
 Unknown Object
Unknown objects are shown as a symbol on the right. It is one of the
chart objects which the standard display consist of.

 Accuracy of Chart Data

Tap in the toolbar to see accuracy of chart data.

When you turn on it, you will see chart symbols on the
right.

< [Accuracy] ON > < [Accuracy] OFF >

– 59 –
 Scale Minimum
Some chart objects are predetermined the minimum scale to display. They are called
charts with “scale minimum attribute”. When a detail chart is reduced, you may see
some chart objects piled or overlapped. It is not only hard to see but dangerous
because some important objects might be hidden. Preventing from that, when a chart is
reduced to less than a predetermined scale, chart objects with the scale minimum
attribute are supposed not to be displayed. This function is turned on by default.

– 60 –
 Date Dependent Object
Some chart objects have date attribute, which means that a
geographical position, display/non-display, etc., are different depending
on date. They are called “date dependent objects” and they are
expressed as the symbol on the right.

Select a way of displaying date Turn on “Highlight

dependent objects. date dependent”.

Today ............ display chart objects valid

on the day.
Period ........... display chart objects valid
for a period you specify.
You need to enter the
period.
Unlimited ...... display all chart objects
regardless of date.

– 61 –
<Eg. Chart Object until February 20th , on February 21st and after>

When it is February 20th today and you

choose Today.

When you choose Period and enter the date

December 1st 2020 to February 10th 2021.

When you choose Period and enter the date

February 1st 2021 to February 28th 2021.

When you choose Period and enter the date

February 25th 2021 to March 31st 2021.

When you choose Unlimited.

– 62 –
 AIO
AIO is additional information to AVCS ENC. AIO is regarded as one of the chart cells:
GB800001, so a cell permit is necessary to display it.

AIO Object
AIO objects are displayed as polygons
(rectangles in most cases) filled with red, green,
blue or gray and have their own numbers.

Color of AIO Objects

Red ...... temporary notice (T)

Green ... preliminary notice (P)
Blue ..... ENC preliminary notice (EP)
Gray ..... no information objects

On/Off for AIO Objects

On/Off for AIO objects

On/Off for AIO hatches

[AIO hatches] ON [AIO hatches] OFF

– 63 –
4.8 Object Information

1. Long-tap a chart object, and a pop-up menu will

appear close to the object.

2. Tap chart object in the pop-up menu.

3. Select an item you like to know from the “chart

object info” menu. You will find information
about it in the object information panel.

Choose any one of them

from the menu to see
descriptions in the object
information panel.

Scroll the panel up or down to see further information.

– 64 –
4.9 North-up, Course-up, Route-up

<Route up>
<North up> <Course up>
A leg the own ship is
The north is always up. The own ship heading of
going along at present is
the moment [Course up]
up during route
is turned on is up.
monitoring or track
control.

– 65 –
4.10 True Motion, Relative Motion

Tap the motion icon to switch between (true) and (relative).

True motion with automatic chart scrolling

Ship symbols move on charts and the charts automatically scroll following the
ship movement.

(Grayish icons)
True or relative motion without automatic scrolling
Once you scroll a chart, the chart area just after you finish scrolling will
remain there and the chart will no longer get scrolled. Some ship symbols will
get out of the chart area.
To go back to the typical true or relative motion, tap or (grayish
true/relative motion icon).
To show the own ship symbol at the center of the chart screen, tap in the
toolbar.
See “4.3 Scrolling Chart”.

Relative motion
The own ship symbol always stays at the center of the chart screen and
charts including the other ship symbols automatically scroll following the own
ship movement. You will see as if the charts and objects other than the own
ship symbol are moving against COG. The other ship symbols have relative
vectors.

– 66 –
4.11 Making Own Ship Symbol Position Off-center

In the relative motion the own ship symbol is typically displayed at the center of the chart
screen, but you can make it off-center to change the display position. Once you make it
off-center, it will stay at the off-center position until you give the off-center clear.

1. Tap in the toolbar, and you will see a red rectangle which shows an area you
can move the own ship symbol position.

2. Tap a new display position of the own ship symbol. While the off-center position is
being applied, you will see instead of . Tap to move it back to the center
of the chart screen.

Specify here as a new own

ship symbol position.
An area you specify an
off-center position.

Own ship
Own ship

Heading line

– 67 –
4.12 Chart Color Table

You should select an appropriate chart color table from DAY1, DAY2 (day black-back),
DUSK, and NIGHT to fit the brightness in the bridge.

NOTE “DAY2 (day black-back)” is suitable to see a Radar image, TTs and /AIS targets
on the ECDIS screen.

WARNING
Select an appropriate chart color table depending on the brightness in the bridge. An
inappropriate color table might cause a marine accident.

– 68 –
4.13 Showing Neighboring Sea Area

In the true motion, charts

are automatically scrolled
as the own ship moves.
90%
You can set an own ship
symbol position on the 80%
chart screen to shift to a 70%
neighboring sea area. It
is set in percentage of the
chart screen.
For example, assuming
you enter 90%, when the
own ship symbol gets to
the edge of the 90% area
on the chart screen, the
chart will be shifted to a neighboring sea area.

1. Open the menu, and then tap [Own ship]  [Display].

2. Enter a percentage at the bottom of the menu.

– 69 –
4.14 Saving and Loading User Settings

You can register your chart display settings as a user profile, can load them, and can
change them back to the default as needed.

4.14.1 Items and Default

Items Default
Chart object display Standard display
Accuracy Off
Date dependent objects Today
Highlight date dependent objects Off
Full light lines Off
Highlight info. Off
Highlight document Off
Unknown On
Chart related
Scale min Off
selector
Shallow pattern Off
Shallow water dangers On
Four/Two shades, Two shades
National language Remain unchanged
Paper chart / Simplified symbols Paper chart
Plain / Symbolized boundaries Plain
Text group Important text
Around own ship with
Selected sea area
appropriate off-set
Orientation True motion, north-up
10% from display edge
True motion reset
(90% on the menu)
Manual updates Displayed
Mariner’s notes Displayed
Last selected route,
Selected route
including route parameters
Past track On
Past track length 12 hours
Past track time-labels On, 30 minutes
Look-ahead time 6 minutes
Any edit window (e.g. route plan) Off
Position data source Remain unchanged
Safety contour Remain unchanged
Safety depth Remain unchanged
Cross track limit Remain unchanged
Graphical Crossing safety contour during route
Remain unchanged
indication planning

– 70 –
 Items Default
Prohibited areas, areas with special
conditions and navigational hazards Remain unchanged
during route planning
Crossing safety contour during route
Remain unchanged
monitoring
Prohibited areas and areas with special
Remain unchanged
conditions during route monitoring
Navigational hazards during route
Remain unchanged
monitoring
Object highlight, selected object, track display from log Cleared from display
Cursor pick Closed
Any additional window, (dual view, 3d, tides, etc.) Closed
Chart update, chart information exchange Aborted
Color differentiation test diagrams Closed
Update review Off
Chart 1 Closed
Units m, NM, kn
Crossing a navigational hazard in route monitoring
Caution
(warning / caution)
Time (length) 6 min
Vector True / Relative True
Stabilization Ground
TT and AIS target association On
Target range 6 NM
Target display Off
AIS target filtering
Sleeping target display Off
AtoN display On
AIS true target outline Off
Radar image overlay Off
TT Off
Target past positions Off
Own ship true outline Off
LOP source indication Off
User selected MSI messages based on
Remain unchanged
first character of NAVTEX code field
Suppression
of indication User selected messages based on time
and distance from own ship, monitored No
route or planned route
Brightness and contrast controls Calibrated setting
Color Table Remain unchanged
Scale Remain unchanged
Rectangle / Arc Remain unchanged
Width Remain unchanged
Look-ahead
Angle Remain unchanged
ON / OFF Remain unchanged

– 71 –
 Items Default
Highlight Remain unchanged
Alert Boundary (warning / caution) Remain unchanged
Alert No Go-Line (warning / caution) Remain unchanged
Alert No-Go-Area (warning / caution) Remain unchanged
Anchor Watch Remain unchanged
Other Text Remain unchanged
Chart Symbol Lat / Lon Grid Remain unchanged
ENC Only Remain unchanged
Ship Shape Symbol
Vector Set Manually
Ground STAB Vector On
Sea STAB Vector On
Own Ship Heading Extension Line Remain unchanged
Path Predictor Remain unchanged
Past Position Mark Line
Past Position Time Label On
Past Position Time Label Interval x1
Filters On / Off Remain unchanged
Min Speed 0.0kn
Targets
Vector True
TT Source Remain unchanged
Default Setting Remain unchanged
Route Highlight Remain unchanged
Alert Limit for Monitoring Remain unchanged
Distance On Cursor (NM / m) Remain unchanged
Customize EBL Type (GC / RL) Remain unchanged
Beep On Click Remain unchanged

– 72 –
4.14.2 Saving or Loading User Settings

 Saving  Loading
1. Make a chart setting as you like. 1. Open the menu and then choose
2. Open the menu and then choose [Customize]  [User profile].
[Customize]  [User profile]. 2. Select a file.  Tap Load.
3. Tap New. --- Done. ---
--- Continue into #4. ---

Tap New to save your

setting.

Select a file to load.

Scroll the menu down to see Load.

4. Enter your name or a file name in the user name

box.  Tap Save.

--- Done ---

– 73 –
4.14.3 Restoring to Default Setting
Tap in the bottom right
of the screen to change a
user setting back to the
default.

4.14.4 Menu Presentation of User Settings

Last loaded file

Difference between the current chart setting

and the last loaded setting.

Check a file.  Tap to remove it.

Check a file.  Tap to show a list of

differences between the current chart display
and the last loaded setting.

Settings found in
Current chart settings the last loaded file

Items

Swipe left or
right to scroll
the list.

– 74 –
Chapter 5 Chart Installation & Update

5.1 Introduction ...................................................................................... 76

5.2 User Permit ..................................................................................... 77
5.3 Installing/Updating Charts ................................................................ 78
5.3.1 Step 1: Installing Cell Permits ............................................. 79
5.3.2 Step 2: Installing Charts or Updates ................................... 80
5.4 Expiry Date of Cell Permit ................................................................ 81
5.5 Uninstalling Charts........................................................................... 82
5.6 Checking Updates ........................................................................... 83
5.7 Manual Update ................................................................................ 85
5.7.1 Presentation of Updated Objects........................................ 85
5.7.2 Adding New Object ............................................................ 86
5.7.3 Modifying Objects .............................................................. 87
5.8 Synchronizing Charts....................................................................... 88
5.8.1 Automatic Synchronization ................................................. 89
5.8.2 Manual Synchronization ..................................................... 89
5.9 Installing Charts through NavBox or NavStick .................................. 90
5.10 Update Status Report ...................................................................... 92
5.10.1 Making Report.................................................................... 92
5.10.2 Exporting Report ................................................................ 94
5.11 Chart Coverage ............................................................................... 95
5.12 Registering Shared Folder ............................................................... 96

- 75 -
5.1 Introduction

 Chart management
- Charts are stored as a database by type.
- This ECDIS satisfies the requirements of IHO S-63 and discerns if your ENC is
encrypted.

IHO ...... International Hydrographic Office

S-57 ..... One of the international standards by IHO. Defines ENC data format.
S-63 ..... One of the international standards by IHO. Defines ENC encryption.
SENC ... Chart data format stored on ECDIS. Specific to ECDIS manufacturers.

 From Chart Purchase to Chart Installation

Purchase Install cell Install

charts permits charts

Your user permit A cell permit means a chart license.

needed. Every chart cell has its own permit.

 Notes
The following is not available during route monitoring or track control –Cell permit
installation/uninstallation, chart installation/uninstallation, chart update, and chart
synchronization.

Data Server of Cell Permit, ENC and Update Data

The data server ID represented by two alphabets is contained in cell permit, ENC
and update data. If the data server information is different between them, ENC is
not installed and update data is not applied.

For example, suppose that you have both AVCS ENC and ENC from JHA (Japan
Hydrographic Association). The data from AVCS have “GB” as the data server and
“JP” is put on the JHA data.
If you install cell permits from JHA and then try to install
AVCS ENC, it will be rejected. Also, you are not allowed to update JHA ENC
through update data distributed by AVCS.

- 76 -
5.2 User Permit

A user permit, which is a system-specific user ID, is necessary to purchase S-57 format
ENC. You will find it on the menu. Exporting it to a USB memory stick is more
convenient than writing it down.

 Showing User Permit

Tap (CHT MGMT) from the frequently-used functions.  User permit.  You will
see your user permit.

 Exporting User Permit

Insert a USB memory stick.  Choose a drive for it.  Tap Export.
Your user permit will be saved as “(System number)_user_permit.txt” in the EC-9xxx
folder on your USB memory stick.

User permit

 Notes
User permits are uniquely defined identifiers. Duplication with other products is
prohibited.

- 77 -
5.3 Installing/Updating Charts

 Chart Installation Step 1 Step 2

You install cell permits first and then

Install cell Install
install charts.
permits charts
When you get new or renewed cell
permits, you should install the charts
corresponding to the new cell permits through an up-to-date base chart media.

 Chart Update
The way of updating charts is basically the same as installing charts. The only
difference is that you can skip the step of cell permit installation in updating charts.

NOTE
 For AVCS ENC, base chart DVDs may contain both chart data and update data
which is up to the date of issue. The update data will be installed together with the
chart data.
 You can install AIO data in the same way as ENC.

- 78 -
5.3.1 Step 1: Installing Cell Permits
You need to install cell permits on No.1 ECDIS, No.2 ECDIS and/or Remote ECS(s)
individually except for the installation from a NavBox.

1. Insert a USB memory stick which contains your cell permits, a chart media, and/or
an update media into an appropriate drive.

2. Tap (CHT MGMT) from the frequently-used functions.

3. If you synchronize charts, choose a connected system(s). See “5.8.1 Automatic
Synchronization”.

4. Tap Manual Register DB.

5. Install cell permits

Tap Select file and then choose the “permit.txt” from the pull-down list.  Tap
Install. When the cell permit installation is finished, you will see the menu of the
step2. Move on to “5.3.2 Step 2: Installing Charts or Updates”.

When you Install charts or update charts skipping the cell permit installation, tap
Skip to move on to “5.3.2 Step 2: Installing Charts or Updates”

- 79 -
5.3.2 Step 2: Installing Charts or Updates
When the step 1 is finished, you see the menu of the step 2.

1. Not to moving on to the chart installation

Tap Cancel to exit the menu.

Installing charts or updating charts

Tap Select folder to choose a folder with
“ENC_ROOT”or a shared folder.  Tap Install.

2. When you see a menu on the right, the chart

installation or chart update is completed. Tap
Close.

Chart Database Name

The installed ENC, which satisfy S-57 and S-63, is stored as a database named
“ENC (Encrypted)”. You can confirm it in [Chart Review]
 [Chart Catalogue].

- 80 -
5.4 Expiry Date of Cell Permit

A cell permit has an expiry date. A chart with its cell permit expired is properly displayed
but you cannot apply updates. You should update cell permits before they expire.

Open the menu and then tap [Chart review]  [Cell permit], and then tap at
“cell permit” to show a cell permit list panel. You will check expiry date of your cell
permits in it.

Remove all cell permits.

Expiry date

Tap to remove the cell permit.

- 81 -
5.5 Uninstalling Charts

There are two ways of uninstalling charts: removing a database and removing a chart
individually.

Open the menu and then tap [Chart review]  [Database catalog].
Tap in front of the database name you want to remove. The charts contained in the
database and the corresponding cell permits will be removed.

Remove the database.

Remove a chart (cell).

- 82 -
5.6 Checking Updates

You find updated parts highlighted, excepting manual updates.

1. Open the menu and then tap [Chart review]  [Update review].

2. Enter a period of updates, and select a database.

3. Select a chart number and an update number.

You will see updated objects highlighted on the
chart screen.
Scroll the menu up or down to show a further
menu items.

- 83 -
Examples of Highlighted Objects

<Point object> <Line object> <Area object>

- 84 -
5.7 Manual Update

You can modify objects directly on the chart screen, not through an update media. It is
called “manual update”.

5.7.1 Presentation of Updated Objects

The following distinguishable marks are put on manual-updated objects.
Point Object Line Object Area Object

Added

Removed

NOTE Both and may put on modified objects. For example, when an attribute
is replaced, an old data is removed and new information is added.

Here are examples.

Point Object Line Object Area Object

Added

Removed

Modified
(The existing
info removed
& new info
added)

- 85 -
5.7.2 Adding New Object
1. Tap (CHT MGMT) from the frequently-used functions.  Manual update  Add.

2. Enter attributes of a new object. Scroll the menu

up or down to show the further menu items. After
you finish entering, tap Save at the bottom of the
menu.

Especially with LAT/LON, you can directly specify

a position by taping the position
on the chart. Then tap Add in
the pop-up menu to show the
menu on the right.

Object Attributes

- Chart number - Status

- Object type - Date start & end
- Slave object type (Usually turned off) - Periodic date start & end
- Object type (point / line / area) - Object name (in national language)
- Position - Information (in national language)
- Category of harbor facility - Scale minimum & maximum
- Nature of construction

- 86 -
5.7.3 Modifying Objects
 Selecting an object from the menu  Modify
1. Open the manual update menu following “5.7.2
Adding New Object”.

2. Select an object in the menu and tap , , or

. Tapping shows the attribute entry menu.
Modify the attributes and tap Save after the
modification.
Remove
Show an update history

Modify

 Specifying an object on the chart  Modify

1. Specify an object on the chart, and then tap Manual
update in the pop-up menu shown close to it.

2. Modify the attributes, and then tap Save after the

modification.

- 87 -
5.8 Synchronizing Charts

Typically, you install or update chart data on No.1 ECDIS, No.2 ECDIS or remote ECS
individually, but you can transfer the chart data on one system to other systems to keep
the charts the same state between them. That is called “chart data synchronization”.

From-system To-system
(Data-transferring (Data-receiving
system) system)

Charts
No.2 ECDIS

Transfer chart data

No.1 ECDIS

Remote ECS

NOTE
 Cell permits are not synchronized in the automatic or manual chart synchronization
except for the installation through a NavBox, so you need to install them individually
on a data-receiving system(s) in advance or later.
 When you delete charts on one system, the chart installation state is not
automatically synchronized.
 While synchronizing charts, the frequently-used functions shown by tapping
and the other menu functions gotten by tapping are not available
on the data-transferring system.

- 88 -
5.8.1 Automatic Synchronization
The chart installation process is “step 1: cell permit installation”  “step 2: chart
installation”. The chart synchronization automatically starts as soon as the step 2 is
finished if you specify a data-receiving system beforehand.

1. Open the chart management menu following

“5.3.1 Step 1: Installing Cell Permits”.

2. Choose a
Select a data-receiving
data-receiving
system
system(s) from a
list of the connected
White: Power on
systems.
Gray: Power off
3. Install cell permits
and/or charts
List of the connected
following “5.3.1 Step
systems
1: Installing Cell
Permits” and/or “5.3.2 Step 2: Installing Charts or
Updates”. When the step 2 is finished, the
system will move on to the chart synchronization.

5.8.2 Manual Synchronization

1. Select a data-receiving system(s) from a list of
the connected systems in the same way as the
automatic synchronization.

2. Tap Manual synchronize.

3. Select a database you would like to synchronize.

 Tap Synchronize.

4. When the synchronization is finished, you will

see a confirmation message. Tap OK in it.

- 89 -
5.9 Installing Charts through NavBox or NavStick

When you get new chart data in your NavBox, CHT MGMT is badged. When you install
charts through your NavStick, CHT MGMT is badged after you insert the NavStick.

NOTE When you install and synchronize charts from a NavBox, both charts and cell
permits are installed and synchronized at the same time. In installing through a
NavStick, cell permits are not synchronized although charts are synchronized, so you
need to install the cell permits on connected systems individually.

1. Insert your NavStick into your ECDIS if you need.

2. Tap (CHT MGMT) in the frequently-used functions.

3. Select a system(s) you would like to synchronize chart data from the connected
systems list.

4. Tap Auto Register DB.

Select a data-receiving system(s) from the list

of the connected systems.

White: Power on
Gray: Power off

- 90 -
5. Choose “NavBox” or “NavStick”. You will see a week number of the charts and/or
the updates.

6. Tap Install.

7. When the installation is finished, you will see a list

of the installed charts in the menu.

8. Tap Close.

Chart Database Name

The ENC installed through a NavBox or NavStick is stored as a database named
“NAVBOX-NAVTOR” or “NAVSTICK-NAVTOR”. You can confirm it in [
Chart Review]
 [Chart Catalogue].

- 91 -
5.10 Update Status Report

The system checks what number of updates has been applied to your charts and
makes a result report called update status report. It will help you check if your charts
are adequately updated for an intended voyage. The report will be exported on a USB
memory stick as well as seeing it on the screen.

5.10.1 Making Report

1. Open the menu and then tap [Chart review]  [Update status report].

2. Tap Create, and you will see an update status report in the chart area.

Turn on the route filter and select

a route. An update status report
referring to charts around the
route will be created.

- 92 -
 Vessel name you
entered on the menu
ID you entered on
the menu
Issue date of the chart
media

Targeted cell
Typically “full”.
When the route filter
is applied, the route
name is shown.

Total number of the cell

Number of latest cell

s
Number of non-updated
cells

Number of cells the

data authority cancels,
but possible to display.

Number of unknown
cells, which mean charts
other than S-57 format
ENC, SENC format
ENC, and C-Map
Professional+ chart.

Data server ID, which

stands for a cell permit
issuing authority ID

Application status of updates

Up to date .......... latest
Not up to date..... not updated
Withdrawn .......... cancelled data by a
chart authority however,
possible to display)
Unknown ............ non-HO charts or
non-encrypted ENC

NOTE “Not up to date” is shown

when the difference between the issue
date of the update which has been already
NOTE Issue date of chart or update data denotes the date that
applied and the date of the report is more
you find in the “SERIAL.ENC” in a chart or update media. than four weeks and also when the cell
has not been updated yet. When the
difference between them is more than four
weeks but the cell has been already
updated, “up to date” is shown.

- 93 -
5.10.2 Exporting Report
1. Insert a USB memory stick.

2. Specify a drive for the USB memory stick.  Tap Export in the top right corner of the
update status report panel.

An update status report in the

pdf format will be saved on the \EC-9x00\20170331\UpdateStatusReport
following folder on your USB
memory stick. Date of the report

Choose a drive.

- 94 -
5.11 Chart Coverage

You check chart coverage of a database.

1. Open the menu and then tap [Chart review]  [Database catalog].

2. Select a database and then tap to show a chart list panel. You will see chart
coverage on the chart screen.

Show the chart.

Remove the chart.

You will see chart cells’

coverage in rectangles

- 95 -
5.12 Registering Shared Folder

You can install chart data in a shared holder on a network-connected computer. You
need to register the shared folder on your ECDIS in advance.

1. Open the menu and then tap Chart Review  ENC Shared Folder.

2. Tap Add.

3. Enter the path to the shared holder.  You will see the registered path in the menu.

- 96 -
Chapter 6 Own Ship

6.1 Own Ship Symbol Presentation ....................................................... 98

6.2 Symbol Type .................................................................................... 99
6.3 Vector ............................................................................................ 100
6.3.1 Vector Length ................................................................... 100
6.3.2 Sea Vector and Ground Vector......................................... 101
6.4 Heading Line ................................................................................. 102
6.5 Prediction Line ............................................................................... 103
6.6 Anchor Location............................................................................. 104
6.7 Past Position.................................................................................. 105
6.8 Own Ship AIS Information .............................................................. 106

- 97 -
6.1 Own Ship Symbol Presentation

You see two types of own ship symbols depending on a chart scale: true-scaled “outline”
and “symbol” which is irrespective of the scale. Both of them have a SEA vector and a
GROUND vector, a heading line, and a beam bearing. The vectors have time increment
at every minute’s distance.

The intersection point

between the beam bearing
line and the vector shows
the conning position. Beam bearing line

Time increment
GROUND vector
Bold lines at every 6 (COG + SOG)
minutes’
distance on Double arrow
the ground vector.

SEA vector SEA vector

GROUND vector
(HDG + STW) (HDG + STW)
(COG + SOG)
Single arrow Single arrow
Double arrow

<True-scaled outline> <Symbol>

NOTE When information from GPS is unavailable (= the primary sensor type is
indicated in red), the own ship symbol and the ground vector will stop moving, will
remain the last plausible position, and will be displayed in red, but the SEA vector will be
shown in black and valid as long as LOG and Gyrocompass are available.

HDG: Heading STW: Speed through water

COG: Course over ground SOG: Speed over ground

- 98 -
6.2 Symbol Type

<Symbol> <True scaled outline>

Shown regardless of the chart Mainly shown on a large scale chart.
scale when you choose Symbol. The true scaled outline changes to the
symbol when heading information is not
received or when the beam of the outline is
less than 3mm by scale change.

Open the menu, and then tap [Own ship]  [Display]. Then choose Symbol or Outline.

- 99 -
6.3 Vector

6.3.1 Vector Length

The length of an own ship vector shows how far the ship moves within a set time at the
present speed.

Tap the vector length in the toolbar

and then select a time.

- 100 -
6.3.2 Sea Vector and Ground Vector
You can select the vector stabilization from
“following target vector setting” and “set manually”.

GROUND vector
SEA vector
(COG & SOG)
(HDG & STW)

Open the menu and then tap [Own ship]  [Display]. Then choose Set manually or
Follow Target STAB Setting.

Choose Set manually,

and then turn on or off
SEA and Ground vectors.

Choose Follow target STAB setting to follow the

vector stabilization indicated in the toolbar, which
means the targets’ vector stabilization .

- 101 -
6.4 Heading Line

A heading line is permanently shown, but it will be hidden when the ground vector is
shown. You see a long heading line as an extension line.

Heading line

Heading extension line

Open the menu, and then tap [Own ship]  [Display]. Then turn on the “heading
extension line”.

- 102 -
6.5 Prediction Line

While the own ship is turning, you will see a

curved line which shows a turning direction.
It is called a path predictor. The length of the Vectors
path predictor is the same as the GROUND
vector.
Path predictor

Open the menu and then tap [Own ship]  [Display]. Then turn on the “path predictor”.

- 103 -
6.6 Anchor Location

Enter the anchor location of your ship, which is the reference position for the anchor
watch.

Open the menu and then tap [Own ship]  [Anchor Location]. Enter your anchor
location(s).

- 104 -
6.7 Past Position

The own ship past position is shown as a line or dots. The time label is available.

Open the menu, and then tap [Own ship]  [Display]. Scroll the menu up or down to see
further menu items.

How many hours you want to display

the past track for.

Interval for the dots

Interval for the time labels.

- 105 -
6.8 Own Ship AIS Information

You see the own ship information as an AIS ship.

Scroll the menu up
Tap Apply to transmit
or down to see
the entered information
further items.
to the AIS transponder.

Items you can

enter

Display only

Choices for “navigational status”, “type of ship” and “cargo”

Navigational status
- Undefined (Default) - Restricted maneuverability - Engaged in fishing
- Under way using engine - Constrained by her draught - Under way sailing
- At anchor - Moored - AIS-SART
- Not under command - Aground - Reserved for high speed craft
Type of ship - Reserved for wing in ground

- Other type of sips (default) - Pleasure craft - Ships and aircraft of

- Fishing - Pilot tenders States not parties to an
- Towing - Vessels with anti-pollution armed conflict
- Towing and length of the facilities or equipment - WIG
tow exceeds 200 m or - Law enforcement vessels - High speed craft (HSC)
breadth exceeds 25 m - Spare –for assignments to - Passenger ships
- Vessel in dredging or local vessels - Cargo ships
underwater operations - Medical transports (as defined - Tanker(s)
- Vessel in diving operations in the 1949 Geneva - Other types of ship
- Vessel in military operations Conventions and Additional
- Sailing Protocols)
Cargo
- All ships of this type - Carrying DG, HS, or MP, IMO
- Carrying DG, HS, or MP, IMO hazard hazard or pollutant category Z
or pollutant category X - Carrying DG, HS, or MP, IMO
- Carrying DG, HS, or MP, IMO hazard hazard or pollutant category OS
or pollutant category Y - No additional information

- 106 -
Chapter 7 Other Ships

7.1 Displaying Targets ......................................................................... 108

7.2 Target Symbol Presentation ........................................................... 109
7.2.1 Target Symbol in Normal State......................................... 109
7.2.2 Lost Target ........................................................................ 111
7.2.3 Associated Target ............................................................. 111
7.2.4 AIS AtoN & SART Symbols .............................................. 112
7.3 Vector ............................................................................................ 114
7.3.1 Vector Length ................................................................... 114
7.3.2 Sea Vector and Ground Vector......................................... 114
7.3.3 Vector in True Motion and Vector in Relative Motion ........ 115
7.4 Target Display Range .................................................................... 116
7.5 Target Information .......................................................................... 117
7.5.1 TT/AIS Target List ............................................................ 117
7.5.2 AIS Target’s Individual Information ................................... 119
7.5.3 Radar as TT Information Source ...................................... 120
7.5.4 AIS Message ................................................................... 121
7.6 Activating AIS Targets .................................................................... 122
7.6.1 Activating Sleeping AIS Target ......................................... 122
7.6.2 Deactivating Activated AIS Target..................................... 122
7.7 Target Association ......................................................................... 123
7.8 Past Position.................................................................................. 124

- 107 -
7.1 Displaying Targets

Tap AIS or TT in the toolbar to turn on or off AIS targets or TT respectively.

Targets display ON

Targets display OFF

Maximum number of displaying targets

AIS targets ......... 1000

TT ...................... 100

NOTE The number of displaying targets depends on the range filter described in
“7.4 Target Display Range”.7.4

- 108 -
7.2 Target Symbol Presentation

7.2.1 Target Symbol in Normal State

 TT
Targets acquired by Radar are called TT (tracked
targets). TT is expressed in a green circle with a
vector and an ID.
Vector

 AIS Target
AIS targets are ships transmitted from an AIS transponder.
They are expressed in a green triangle.
At ECDIS startup or just after you turn on AIS in the toolbar,
you will find them as sleeping targets.
<Sleeping AIS target>

When you activate a sleeping target, Heading line

it is shown with a vector, a heading
line, and a ship name. Vector

<Activated AIS target>

Once a sleeping target is activated, a

heading line with a turn indicator will Heading line with a
be shown as long as the ship’s ROT turn indicator
is not “0” (zero).

- 109 -
 True-scaled Outline for AIS Target
A true-scaled outline is available for activated AIS targets.

1. Open the menu and then tap [Targets]  [AIS].

2. Choose Outline as ship shape.

NOTE A true-scaled outline is not available in the following cases.

 When AIS target heading is unknown,
 When the beam of the outline is less than 3mm.
 When a ship size is not contained in data sent from an AIS transponder.

- 110 -
7.2.2 Lost Target
When TT or an activated AIS target
is lost, an alert occurs and the
target symbol flashes in red with a
on it. The lost target symbol will
disappear when after you
acknowledge the alert. When a
sleeping AIS target is lost, the
target symbol will disappear in a
<Lost TT> <Lost AIS target>
few seconds with no alerts.

7.2.3 Associated Target

When a TT and an AIS target are regarded as identical, you can deal
with them as one target symbol by association. It is on Radar that you
associate targets. You will only see associated targets on ECDIS.

Target symbols display in GPS error

Even when ECDIS does not receive information from GPS, TT and AIS targets
symbols will continue to move though the own ship symbol stops moving.

- 111 -
7.2.4 AIS AtoN & SART Symbols
 AIS AtoN
There are 2 types of AIS AtoN symbols: physical and virtual. Physical means actual
symbols and virtual is fictive symbols. Physical symbols are commonly displayed in a
solid diamond shape and virtual symbols are always displayed in a broken-line diamond
shape with an indication of purpose. When tapping a physical one, you will see it with an
indication of purpose.
Physical AIS AtoN Virtual AIS AtoN

Unselected (Basic shape) No indication of purpose information (Basic shape)

Emergency North cardinal Emergency North cardinal

Racon
wreck mark mark wreck mark mark

East cardinal South cardinal West cardinal East cardinal South cardinal West cardinal
mark mark mark mark mark mark

Starboard hand Starboard hand

Port hand mark Isolated danger Port hand mark Isolated danger
mark mark

Safe water Special mark Safe water Special mark

Intended
Off position Lights failure Racon failure location of
missing AtoN

 AIS SART
You see the following symbol as an AIS SART.

AtoN .....aids to navigation

SART ....search and rescue transmitter

- 112 -
 Displaying Physical and Virtual Symbols of AIS AtoN
1. Open the menu and then tap [Targets]  [AIS].

2. Turn on or off symbols for physical and virtual AIS AtoN.

NOTE When AtoN physical or virtual symbols are turned off, you will see a message
telling that in the lower left of the chart screen.

- 113 -
7.3 Vector

7.3.1 Vector Length

The length of target vector
depends on that of the own
Vector
ship. See “6.3.1 Vector
(Dashed line)
Length”.

<TT> <Activated AIS target>

7.3.2 Sea Vector and Ground Vector

Tap the vector stabilization icon to switch between and .

Calculation of Evaluating Sea Vector

Subtracting set and drift values from a ground vector value, you will get a sea vector.

- 114 -
7.3.3 Vector in True Motion and Vector in Relative Motion
Usually a true vector is shown in the true motion and a relative vector is in the relative
motion, but you choose the vector motion for targets from true and relative irrespective
of the true/relative motion display of charts.

1. Open the menu and then tap [Targets]  [Common].

2. Tap true or relative.

Calculation of Evaluating Relative Vector

Subtracting an own ship true vector from a target’s true vector, you will get a relative
vector of the target.

- 115 -
7.4 Target Display Range

Defining a display range for TT and AIS targets is called target filter. You can set it by
distance from the own ship or target minimum speed. You will see a message about
your setting value in the
lower left while the
target filter is turned on.

NOTE This ECDIS can display up to 100 TTs and 1000 AIS targets, but the number of
targets might not reach the maximum because of the target filter.

1. Open the menu and then tap [targets]  [common].

2. Enter distance from the own ship as range or targets’ minimum speed as min. speed.
 Turn on the filter.

Distance
from the
own ship

Targets’
minimum
speed

- 116 -
7.5 Target Information

7.5.1 TT/AIS Target List

1. Open the menu and then tap [Targets]  [Common].
2. Tap to show a target list panel.

AIS list
Tap here to sort the list
by ID or RNG.

- 117 -
TT list
Tap here to sort the list
by ID or RNG.

CPA ....... Closest Point of Approach SOG ...... Speed Over Ground
TCPA ..... Time to CPA BRG ...... Bearing
MMSI ..... Maritime Mobile Service Identity RNG ...... Range
COG ...... Course Over Ground HDG ...... Heading

- 118 -
7.5.2 TT/AIS Target’s Individual Information
1. Long-tap an TT/AIS target symbol, and you will see the symbol
surrounded with and a pop-up menu beside it.
2. Tap TT / AIS in the pop-up menu. A target information panel will
pop-up. Scroll up or down to see further
information in it.

Quick Information
When you tap an TT/AIS target or
you place the cursor on an AIS
target symbol, a pop-up
information of the TT/AIS target
will appear. Tap another place to
remove it.

- 119 -
7.5.3 Radar as TT Information Source
This ECDIS displays TT by receiving information from Radar, so all TT information is
dependent on your Radar. You choose a Radar number as a TT information source.

1. Open the menu and then tap [Targets]  [TT].

2. Choose Both, No.1 or No.2 as information source.

- 120 -
7.5.4 AIS Message
You see messages sent from an AIS base station.

1. Open the menu and then tap [Message]  [AIS].

2. Tap to show a message list panel.

3. Choose a message you like to see from the list.

- 121 -
7.6 Activating AIS Targets

Adding a vector and a heading line to a sleeping AIS target is called “activating” and
returning an activated AIS target to a sleeping one is called “deactivating”.

7.6.1 Activating Sleeping AIS Target

1. Long-tap a sleeping target. You will see the target
symbol surrounded with and a pop-up menu
beside it

2. Tap AIS activate in the pop-up menu. The target

will be activated and you will see it with a vector, a
heading line, and a ship name or MMSI.

7.6.2 Deactivating Activated AIS Target

1. Long-tap an activated target. You will see the
target symbol surrounded with and a pop-up
menu beside it.

2. Tap AIS deactivate in the pop-up menu. The

target will be deactivated and will change to a
sleeping target.

- 122 -
7.7 Target Association

One ship may be shown divided into a TT and an AIS target. When they are associated
into one ship symbol on Radar, they will be displayed as an associated target on ECDIS
too, when the association function is turned on this ECDIS. If it is turned off, they will be
displayed as a TT and an AIS target even if they are associated on Radar.

1. Open the menu and then tap [Targets]  [Common].

2. Turn on the association.

- 123 -
7.8 Past Position

You see dots as target past position which are

the same color as a target symbol. The dots
interval follows that of the own ship..

NOTE Time label is unavailable for target

past position.

1. Open the menu and then tap [Targets]  [common].

2. Turn on “past position”.

- 124 -
Chapter 8 Route Planning

8.1 Route Presentation ........................................................................ 126

8.1.1 Route on Chart................................................................. 126
8.1.2 Route Table ...................................................................... 127
8.2 Planning Route .............................................................................. 129
8.2.1 First Things in Planning a Route ...................................... 129
8.2.2 Making Waypoints ............................................................ 131
8.3 Route-Check.................................................................................. 134
8.3.1 Result of Route-check ...................................................... 135
8.3.2 Caution Objects Which Should be Highlighted ................. 137
8.4 Reference Route ........................................................................... 138
8.5 Merging Routes ............................................................................. 139
8.6 Critical Point .................................................................................. 140
8.6.1 Making Critical Points....................................................... 140
8.6.2 Approaching CPT Alert ..................................................... 141

- 125 -
8.1 Route Presentation

8.1.1 Route on Chart

A route basically consists of waypoints and legs which are lines between two waypoints.
It contains information such as XTD limit, leg course, turn radius, WOP, WOL, etc.

WOL Waypoint ID

Waypoint

XTD limit
Leg course
(“T” stands for “true”.)

Leg .................... Line connecting 2 waypoints

XTD ................... Cross track distance
XTD limit ............ Limit of cross track distance
WOP .................. Wheel over point, Position you should start taking a rudder.
WOL .................. Wheel over line, Straight line parallel to the next leg crossing
the WOP.

- 126 -
8.1.2 Route Table
While planning a route, you see both a route and a route table which is a waypoint list.
You can modify values in yellow.

 WPT

Distance between WOPs Distance between waypoints

- 127 -
 ETA

Choose from
Calculate ETA ............... Enter planned departure
time, and the system will calculate ETA.
Calculate ETD ............... Enter planned date
and time to arrive at the last waypoint, and the
system will calculate when to depart.
Calculate AVG SPD ....... Enter planned date and time to arrive at the last waypoint,
and the system will calculate how fast you should sail the rest of your voyage.

 EVENT

CPT information is shown.

- 128 -
8.2 Planning Route

In planning a new route, you should set waypoint attribute first, then plot waypoints.

8.2.1 Waypoint Attribute

You should set turn radius, distance between WOP and WPT, XTD limit, speed, and a
leg type “GC or RL” before planning a route.

Straight leg
Waypoint

Curved leg

Turn radius
Reach
WOL (wheel over line)

WOP (wheel over point)

Own ship

XTD Limit
(cross track distance limit)
Own ship
Route

XTD (cross track distance) Waypoint

- 129 -
1. Open the menu and tap [Route]  [Default setting].

2. Enter initial values for turn radius, reach, XTD limit, and speed. Choose great circle
or rhumb line as a leg type.

You can change these values in the waypoint list while you are making or modifying
a route.

- 130 -
8.2.2 Making Waypoints
1. Tap (PLAN) in the frequently-used functions. The route planning menu will
open.

2. Tap New to make a new route. Choose a route name and tap to modify an

existing route. You will see a next menu and a waypoint list panel.

Delete
Rename by tapping here.
Modify

Naming a route
You can sort route data in alphabetical or date order in the menu. You should name
routes in your own way so that you could easily find out a route later.

- 131 -
3. Entering directly on the chart
(1) Tap anywhere on the chart, and you will see “waypoint 1”.

(2) Tap the next position.

You will see “waypoint 2”
and the 1st and 2nd
waypoints will be
connected with a
straight line which denotes a leg.
Make other waypoints in this way.

Moving a waypoint
Drag a waypoint to a place you like.
Inserting a waypoint
Tap a leg to insert a waypoint.
Or long-tap a leg.  Tap insert in the pop-up menu.
Removing a waypoint
Long-tap a waypoint.  Tap remove in the pop-up menu.
Add a waypoint before the 1st waypoint
Long-tap a position you like to make a waypoint.  Tap Add
backward in the pop-up menu.
Add a waypoint after the last waypoint
Tap a position you like to make a waypoint.
Or long-tap a position you like to make a
waypoint.  Tap Add forward in the pop-up
menu.

- 132 -
Entering in the waypoint list

NOTE While you are planning a route, you cannot remove the waypoint list panel.

(1) Tap Add in the top right corner of the waypoint list panel, and the Lat/Lon of the
center position of the chart screen will be entered. Change the Lat/Lon by
tapping the value.

Reverse the
waypoints’order

Tap the Lat/Lon value and

change it through a numeric
key pad.

(2) Tap Add in the waypoint list panel. The same Lat/Lon value as the previous
waypoint will be entered as the next waypoint, so change them to appropriate
values. Make other waypoints in this way.

Moving a waypoint
Tap a Lat/Lon value and then change it.
Inserting a waypoint
Tap a waypoint and then tap Add in the waypoint list panel. A new waypoint will be
added next to the waypoint. The new waypoint has the same Lat/Lon as the
waypoint you specified, so you need to change the value.
Removing a waypoint
Tap to remove.

- 133 -
4. When you finished making waypoints, tap save.

NOTE Save might be ineffective. Route check

works in the background while you are making or
modifying a route. After finishing the route-check,
Save will be available.

8.3 Route-Check

To check danger on and around a route is called “route-check”. In route-check, the

system checks danger and caution objects in a range of a XTD limit and geometry of
waypoints and legs. The route-check is automatically performed while you are planning
a route.

Range for Route-check = XTD Limit

XTD Limit

Own ship
Route

XTD Waypoint

- 134 -
8.3.1 Result of Route-check
You will see a route-check result both in the menu area and on the chart screen.
Detected danger and caution objects will be highlighted in red and yellow respectively
on the chart screen.
If the number of the detected objects is over 4000, a message to tell that will be shown
in the lower left of the screen.

 Result Shown in the Menu

After you confirmed a

route-check result, tap
approved. It will turn
green.
D ... Danger
C ... Caution

Tap a danger or caution

object in the menu, and
you will see the object
highlighted on the chart
and an object description
in the menu.

NOTE If the total number of the detected danger and caution objects is over 4000, you
will see a message to tell that in the lower right of the screen.

- 135 -
 Result Shown on the Chart Screen

Danger and Caution Objects

Highlight Maximum number
Objects
color of detections
Area shallower than safety contour
Danger value, shallow water, unsafe area, Red 2000
floating dock, hulk, land, and pontoon.
Prohibited area, are with special
condition, navigational hazards
Caution Yellow 2000
(beacons, buoys, wrecks, etc.), No-go
line/area, etc.

Danger (Red)

Caution (Yellow)

Planned route

XTD limit

Geometry of Waypoints and Legs

You might see a red on a waypoint. It means that it did not pass the geometry check
because of a too short leg, a sharp turning, etc. Try to adjust the waypoint position,
turning radius or XTD limit to fix the error. You are not allowed to start route monitoring
or track control with .

A waypoint which did not

pass the geometry check.

- 136 -
8.3.2 Caution Objects Which Should be Highlighted
You can select caution objects which should be highlighted in yellow.

Caution Objects

Navigational hazards User defined areas for which special

Areas for which special conditions exist conditions exist
Anchorage area Information areas (Anchor berth,
Caution area Cargo transhipment area, Fishing
Military practice area ground)
Marine farm/culture Protected area (Dumping ground,
Sea plane landing area Incineration area, Pipeline area,
Inshore traffic zone Precautionary area, Cable area,
Offshore production area Fairway, Territorial sea area)
Restricted area Ships routing systems and ferry routes
Areas to be avoided (Recommended traffic lane part, Deep
PSSA (Particularly Sensitive Sea Area) water route center line, Two way route
Submarine transit lane part, Ferry route, Recommended route
Traffic separation zone center line, Recommended track,
Deep water route part, Traffic
Safety contour
separation line, Traffic separation
User-added electronic chart information scheme boundary, Traffic separation
Event scheme crossing, Traffic separation
Mariner’s note scheme lane part, Traffic separation
Mariner’s feature scheme roundabout)
Manufacturer’ s feature Miscellaneous (Depth contour,
User-added electronic chart information Continental shelf area, Exclusive
economic zone)

- 137 -
8.4 Reference Route

You see other routes for reference while you are planning a route, in route monitoring,
in track control, etc. They are displayed in gray.

1. Open the menu, and then tap [Route]  [Route].

2. Tap at “Reference Route” to show a reference route panel.

3. Select a route file to display.

Tap the route file again to hide.

- 138 -
8.5 Merging Two Routes

You can connect existing two routes into one route.

1. Tap (PLAN) in the frequently-used functions.

The route planning menu will open.

2. Tap Merge.

3. Tap at “select 1st route” and then choose a

route.  Tap to go back to the previous
step of the menu.

4. Choose another route at “select 2nd route” in the

same way.

5. Specify a route range you would like to apply as a

start-WPT and an end-WPT, if needed. Unless
you select them, all the waypoints contained in
the two routes will be applied as one route.

6. Tap Merge.  The menu will go back to the

previous one. Tap Save in it.

When you only adopt a part of the

route in merging routes, specify a
from-waypoint and a to-waypoint.

- 139 -
8.6 Critical Point

You put a mark on a point where you should pay attention to around
a route. It is called “critical point”, CPT for short. When the own ship
gets close to a CPT, an alert occurs during route monitoring or track
control. You save CPTs in a route file.

8.6.1 Making Critical Points

1. Show a waypoint list panel following “ 8.2.2 Making Waypoints”.  Tap “event”.

2. Entering directly on the chart

Tap anywhere on the chart screen to enter a CPT.
Remove ..... Long-tap a CPT to show a pop-up menu.  Tap
Remove in it.
Entering in the waypoint list
(1) Tap Add in the top right corner of the waypoint list panel, and one CPT will be
created at the center of the chart screen and you will see the Lat/Lon in the
waypoint list panel.
(2) Change the Lat/Lon to the appropriate value.

3. Choose “distance” or “time” as the type and enter its value.

Remove An alert will happen

based on the value
4. After finishing entering CPTs, tap save in the menu. here.

- 140 -
8.6.2 Approaching CPT Alert
When the own ship gets close to a
CPT during route monitoring or
track control, an alert occurs based
on a set time or distance. It
happens as a warning, and the
same warning will be repeated until
it is acknowledged.
Set this distance or
time as alert criteria.

A perpendicular line from

CPT to a current leg

- 141 -
Chapter 9 Route Monitoring

9.1 Starting Route Monitoring .............................................................. 143

9.2 End of Route Monitoring ................................................................ 145
9.3 Safety Check and Alert .................................................................. 147
9.3.1 Safety Check ................................................................... 147
9.3.2 Alerts Peculiar to Route Monitoring .................................. 147
9.4 Modifying Route............................................................................. 149

- 142 -
9.1 Starting Route Monitoring

In route monitoring, ECDIS monitors the current XTD and approaching a waypoint. You
need to set a course on Autopilot or steer manually whenever the own ship passes
through a waypoint so that it could sail along a planned route.

NOTE CHT MGMT, Chart Review and Route Planning are unavailable during route
monitoring.

1. Tap (MONIT) in the frequently-used functions.

2. Select a route and tap on the right to see the next step of the menu.

Checking Danger or Caution Objects

Long-tap a highlighted object on

the chart, and the relevant object
will be highlighted in the menu.

Tap a danger or caution object in

the menu, and you will see the
corresponding object highlighted
on the chart.

- 143 -
3. Check danger and caution objects found in the
route.

4. Select a start waypoint if you need. You can

skip this step.

5. Tap Start to start route monitoring.

The own ship will head to the most suitable
waypoint. When you specified a start waypoint,
the own ship will start going toward it.

You will see the route monitoring panel with

black background during route monitoring.

Choose a waypoint to show ETA

and average speed there.

- 144 -
You can calculate ETD, ETA and average speed in three ways on ETA panel.
 Calculate ETA from departure time and speed
Choose Calculate ETA

Enter departure time to show ETA.

Enter speed to show ETA.
You can set all from the SPD

 Calculate ETD from arrival time and speed

Choose Calculate ETD

Enter arrival time to show ETD.

Enter speed to show ETD.
You can set all from the SPD

 Calculate average speed from departure time and arrival time

Choose Calculate AVG SPD

Enter the departure time and arrival time

of the section you want to calculate.

- 145 -
9.2 End of Route Monitoring

 Getting Close to the Last Waypoint

When the own ship gets close to the last waypoint and comes to an area where is 3 – 6
minutes’ sail to the last waypoint, the system provides an alert. Then when the own ship
passes through the last waypoint, route monitoring automatically finishes.

3 – 6 min Last waypoint

“End of track” alert

 Stopping on the Way

Tap Stop monitoring in the panel to stop route

monitoring intentionally on the way.

- 146 -
9.3 Alert and Safety Check

9.3.1 Alerts Peculiar to Route Monitoring

 Alert Kind

ECC (Early Course Change)

“ECC” provides information that the own ship is coming close to TO-waypoint. When the
WOP for TO-waypoint is 180 to 360 seconds away, ECC warning occurs. When it is not
acknowledged within 30 seconds, it will be escalated to ECC alarm.

ACC (Actual Course Change)

“ACC” notifies that the own ship is close to TO-waypoint. When the own ship reaches an
area which is 30 seconds’ sail to TO-waypoint’s WOP, ACC warning happens. When
you do not acknowledge it within 30 seconds, it will be escalated to ACC alarm.

End of Track
“End of track” informs that the own ship is getting close to the last waypoint. When the
own ship goes into an area which you have 3 to 6 minutes before the last waypoint, “end
of track” warning happens. When you do not acknowledge it within 30 seconds, it will be
escalated to alarm.

End of track

Last waypoint
x

ACC 3 – 6 min.
ECC
30sec.

x x

180 – 360 sec.

- 147 -
 Alert Setting

Open the menu and then tap [Route]  [Alert limit for monitoring]. You can turn on/off
and set the limit values here. See “17.4.4 ECC, ACC and End of track Alert”.

9.3.2 Safety Check

In route monitoring, you
should show a look-ahead
area to find dangers on or
around the active route.
When some danger
Waypoint
objects are detected, an
alert occurs. See “17.8
Look-ahead”. If you turn Look-ahead area
off the look-ahead area, no
alerts will be generated in
terms of the safety check.

- 148 -
9.4 Modifying Route

You can modify an

active route except
TO-waypoint and
passed waypoints.
Own ship

TO-waypoint (Not modifiable)

NEXT-waypoint
(Modifiable)

Modifiable

1. Tap in the top left corner of the route

monitoring panel. The route monitoring menu and
the waypoint list panel will be shown.

- 149 -
2. Modify the route just like planning a route.

3. Tap Save after finishing the modification.

NOTE Modifying to the active route are discarded at the end of route monitoring. It
does not apply to the original route.

- 150 -
Chapter 10 User Chart

10.1 What Does User Chart Mean?..................................................... 152

10.2 Drawing User Chart ..................................................................... 153
10.3 Mark ............................................................................................ 155
10.4 Text, Remark ............................................................................... 156
10.5 Line, No-go Line .......................................................................... 157
10.6 Area, No-go Area......................................................................... 158
10.6.1 Polygon ......................................................................... 158
10.6.2 Circle ............................................................................. 159
10.6.3 Watching by No-go Line/Area ........................................ 160
10.7 Tidal Stream / Current ................................................................. 161
10.8 Clearing Line ............................................................................... 162
10.9 Free Drawing ............................................................................... 163

- 151 -
10.1 What Does User Chart Mean?

You take navigational notes and draw clearing lines on the chart screen as mariner’s
additional information. On ECDIS, both of them are collectively called “user chart”.
There are several types of objects as the user chart: mark, remark, line, area, text, tidal
stream, no-go line/area, and danger bearing. No-go line/area and danger bearing are
almost equivalent to “clearing line”. Especially with regard to no-go line/area, when a
look-ahead area gets to a no-go line/area, an alert occurs.

Example of user chart

Mark Remark Text

Line Area

Tidal stream Clearing line

No-go line No-go are

- 152 -
10.2 Drawing User Chart

This section describes common procedures for entering mark, remark, text, line, area,
no-go line/area, danger bearing, tidal stream, and free drawing. See 10.3 to 10.9 for
their further information.

1. Tap (USER) in the frequently-used functions.

2. Tap Add to draw a new user chart. In modifying an existing data, choose the user
chart you are going to modify from the list then tap .

Remove
Edit

3. Choose a user chart kind. The figure on the

right is an example of choosing Mark.
Skip this to the next step to modify an
existing data.

- 153 -
4. Tap anywhere on the chart screen, or enter
Lat/Lon by tapping the value in the menu. You
will see a small orange circle at the position.

5. Enter necessary items from “object name” to

“expired”. Scroll the menu up or down to see
further menu items. You do not necessarily enter
all of them.

6. Tap Save at the end. The menu will go back to

the previous page and you will see the user
chart you just created instead of the small
orange circle.

The object name is shown in the user

chart list on the previous menu page. You
do not necessarily enter it, but you can
easily distinguish from others with it.

Mariner’s note is shown in the

object information panel.

The label is shown beside a user chart

Minimum and maximum

scales to show

Expiry date

- 154 -
10.3 Mark

1. Open the mark menu then specify an entry

position following “10.2 Drawing User Chart”.

2. Choose a mark type from the 6 marks. Turn on

“advanced”, you can select from the 52 marks.
Scroll the mark list up or down to see all marks.

3. Choose a color.

4. Enter an object name, mariners note, label, SCA min, SCA max, and expired if you
need, referring to “10.2 Drawing User Chart”.

5. Tap Save In the bottom of the menu.

- 155 -
10.4 Text, Remark

Both “text” and “remark” mean one-line comment. The only

difference is that is shown on a remark.

1. Open the text/remark menu then specify an

entry position following “10.2 Drawing User
Chart”.

2. When you enter a remark, turn on “remark”.

3. Choose a text color and a text size from small,

normal, large and huge.

4. Enter a label which is shown on the chart screen.

Enter an object name, mariners note, SCA min,
SCA max, and expired if you need, referring to
“10.2 Drawing User Chart”.

5. Tap Save In the bottom of the menu.

- 156 -
10.5 Line, No-go Line

The line style and color of no-go lines are fixed and you are not allowed to change them.

1. Open the line/no-go line menu following “10.2

Drawing User Chart”.

2. When drawing directly on the chart screen, tap a

first point,  tap the next point. Repeat this to
complete a line.

In entering a Lat/Lon value, tap Add in the menu,

and you will see a small orange circle in the
center of the chart screen.  Modify the
position by taping the Lat/Lon value. Repeat this
to complete a line.

3. When you enter a no-go line, turn on “no-go”.

Scroll the menu up or down to see further menu
items.

4. Select a line style and a line color.

You are not allowed to
choose them for no-go
lines because they are
fixed.

5. Enter an object name,

mariners note, label, SCA min, SCA max, and expired if you need, referring to “10.2
Drawing User Chart”.

6. Tap Save In the bottom of the menu.

- 157 -
10.6 Area, No-go Area

10.6.1 Polygon

1. Open the area/no-go

area [polygon] menu
following “10.2
Drawing User Chart”.

2. When drawing directly

on the chart screen,
tap a first point,  tap <Area> <No-go area>
the second point, 
tap the third point, and
you will see a triangle. Specify another point
and then move a point to make a rectangle. You
can make a polygon in this way.

In entering Lat/Lon values, tap Add in the menu,

and you will see a small orange circle in the
center of the chart screen.  Modify the
position by taping the LAT/Lon value. Repeat
this to complete a polygon.

3. When you enter a no-go area, turn on “no-go”.

Scroll the menu up or down to see further menu
items.

4. Select a line style, a line color, and fill

color. You are not allowed to choose
them for no-go areas
because they are
fixed.

5. Enter an object name,

mariners note, label,
SCA min, SCA max,
and expired if you need, referring to “10.2 Drawing User Chart”.

6. Tap Save In the bottom of the menu.

- 158 -
10.6.2 Circle

1. Open the area/no-go

area [circle] menu
following “10.2 Drawing
User Chart”.

2. You will see a small

orange circle in the
center of the chart <Area> <No-go area>
screen and its Lat/Lon in
the menu. Adjust the position and the size by
dragging the circle on the chart screen or
changing the Lat/Lon and the radius in the
menu.

3. When you enter a no-go area, turn on “no-go”.

4. Select a line style, a line color, and fill color. You

are not allowed to choose them for no-go areas
because they are fixed. Scroll the menu up or
down to see further menu items.

5. Enter an object name, mariners note, label,

SCA min, SCA max,
and expired if you need,
referring to “10.2
Drawing User Chart”.

6. Tap Save In the bottom

of the menu.

- 159 -
10.6.3 Watching by No-go Line/Area
When the own ship look-ahead area is turned on and gets across a no-go line/area, the
system generates an alert to notice that there is a dangerous spot near the own ship.
See “17.8 Look Ahead”.

NOTE No-go line/area and clearing line almost plays the same role, but it is only
no-go line/area that can watch danger around the own ship and provide an alert.
Clearing line is just a user chart and no alerts occur even if the own ship comes close to
danger or caution objects.

- 160 -
10.7 Tidal Stream / Current

Both predicted and actual information is available. A predicted tidal stream/current is

shown by broken line arrows and an actual one by solid line arrows.

Speed Time

<Actual tidal stream/current> <Predicted tidal stream/current>

1. Open the tidal stream/current menu following

“10.2 Drawing User Chart”.

2. You will see a small orange circle in the center of

the screen. Drag it to change the position or
enter an appropriate position in the menu by
tapping the Lat/Lon.

3. Enter bearing, speed, and time.

4. Choose “actual" or “predicted”.

5. Enter an object name, mariners note, label, SCA

min, SCA max, and expired if you need, referring
to “10.2 Drawing User Chart”. Scroll the menu up
or down to see the other menu items.

6. Tap Save In the bottom of the menu.

- 161 -
10.8 Clearing Line

You draw a bearing line based on a landmark or

a chart object as a reference position and enter
an NLT/NMT for the bearing line.

1. Open the clearing line menu following “10.2

Drawing User Chart”.

2. When entering directly on the chart screen,

specify a first position of a clearing line, and you
will see a small orange circle there. In entering a
Lat/Lon, tap Add in the menu, and the Lat/Lon of
the center position of the chart screen will be
shown in the menu, so change them to an
appropriate values by tapping the value.

3. Specify the next position in the same way.

You will see the bearing of the line in the menu.

4. Choose NLT or NMT.

5. Enter an object name, mariners note, label, SCA

min, SCA max, and expired if you need, referring
to “10.2 Drawing User Chart”. Scroll the menu up
or down to see the other menu items.

6. Tap Save In the bottom of the menu.

- 162 -
10.9 Free Drawing

You draw free forms except dots on your own way.

1. Open the free drawing menu following “10.2

Drawing User Chart”.

2. Tap or drag on the chart screen to draw a free

form.

3. Select a line style and a line color.

4. Enter an object name, mariners note,

label, SCA min, SCA max, and expired
if you need, referring to
“10.2 Drawing User
Chart”. Scroll the
menu up or down to
see the further menu items.

5. Tap Save In the bottom of the menu.

Chart scrolling while you are in free-drawing

In free drawing, you only draw objects on the current chart area and the charts are
not automatically scrolled. If you want to scroll charts, tap and
then scroll the chart area.  Tap and then start the free drawing
again.

- 163 -
Chapter 11 Navigation Record

11.1 Recording Items .......................................................................... 165

11.2 Showing Log ............................................................................... 166
11.3 Log Panel .................................................................................... 167
11.4 Protecting Log Data..................................................................... 169
11.5 Playing Back Navigation Log ....................................................... 170
11.5.1 Starting Playing Back ..................................................... 170
11.5.2 Exiting Log Playback Mode ............................................ 172
11.6 Screenshot .................................................................................. 173
11.6.1 Taking a Screenshot ...................................................... 173
11.6.2 Exporting Screenshots ................................................... 173

- 164 -
11.1 Recording Items

ECDIS automatically logs navigation and keeps the logs for 100 days.

NOTE You are not allowed to modify or remove log files.

Recording
Recording Item
Interval

UTC, position (LAT, LON), COG, SOG,

HDG, STW, depth, wind direction, wind Every 10
Own ship
speed, ENC cell name, edition No., issue seconds
date last update, POSN offset (LAT, LON)

UTC, event (hourly report, screen view

System When occurred
change, etc.)

Activated UTC, MMSI, position (LAT, LON), COG, Every 10

AIS target seconds
Targets

SOG

UTC, No., position (LAT, LON), COG, SOG, Every 10

TT
CPA, TCPA seconds

UTC, ID, status, source, priority (A/W/C), When occurred

Alert
description /status changed

UTC, steering mode, set heading, rudder Every 10

Auto pilot
order, actual rudder seconds

In route
Route UTC, route name, TO-WPT, leg, XTD
monitoring

Position fixing UTC, massage (LOP information) When occurred

- 165 -
11.2 Showing Log

1. Open the menu and then tap [Nav. Record]  [Detail log].

2. Showing a log stored in the system

Tap Last 100 days and then select a log date from the list. You will see a log panel.

Showing a log stored in a USB memory stick

(1) Insert a USB memory stick which contains a log data in.
(2) Tap Select file and then choose a USB drive.
(3) Select a log date from the list in the menu.  You will see a log panel.

Log list

- 166 -
11.3 Log Panel

You see 7 types of information in the log panel.

 Own ship

 System

 Targets --- AIS

- 167 -
 Targets --- TT

 Alert

 Autopilot

 Route

 Position Fix (LOP information)

Tap LOP to show a LOP(s) on

the chart screen.

- 168 -
11.4 Protecting Log Data

Logs more than 100 days old are automatically removed from the system, but you can
keep them permanently by protecting them.

1. Open the menu and then tap [Nav. Record]  [Detail log].

2. Tap Last 100 days.  Tap of a log date. You will see instead of .
Tap to unprotect.

Unprotected
Protected

- 169 -
11.5 Playing Back Navigation Log

While you are in the log playback mode, all the other ECDIS functions stops. When you
exit the mode, you return to the last state of your ECDIS before starting the log playback
mode.

11.5.1 Starting Playing Back

1. Open the menu and then tap [Nav. Record]  [Log playback mode].

2. You will see a confirmation message to exit the ECDIS application and switch to the
log playback mode. Tap Yes in it.
A screen in the log playback mode, which is similar to ECDIS, will appear.

3. Log data stored in the system

Tap Last 100 days.

Log data stored in a USB memory stick

Insert a USB memory stick into the system  tap Select File.  Select an
appropriate drive.

Log data in a USB

memory stick

Log data in the system

4. Choose a log data from the log list in the menu, and the reference route panel, the
log playback panel, and the log list panel will appear.

- 170 -
5. Then tap in the log playback panel to start playing the log back.

NOTE Before starting playback, unless you are in the true motion with automatic chart
scrolling, the chart screen might not be automatically scrolled to a chart area which
covers the own ship position. See “4.11 True Motion, Relative Motion”.

means you are in the log

playback mode.

Reference route panel

In playing back a log in route monitoring or track
control, choose a route file to show the route.

Log playback panel

Navigation log panel

Tap the same log data in the menu to

show the removed panels again.

Go back to the start point

Select where you are by sliding

(play) or
(pause) The playback speed
x1 to x10 are available by every tapping here.

- 171 -
11.5.2 Exiting Log Playback Mode
Tap in the top left corner of the menu.  Tap
Yes in the confirmation message to go back to the
ECDIS application.

- 172 -
11.6 Screenshot

11.6.1 Taking a Screenshot

Tap in the footer
area to capture a
screenshot of the current
screen.
Up to 1000 screenshots are saved on the system.

11.6.2 Exporting Screenshots

1. Insert a USB memory stick into an appropriate port.

2. Open the menu and then tap [Customize]  [Screen shots]. You will see thumbnail
images in the menu.

3. Tap in the top left corner of a screen image, and you will see instead of .
 Tap Export.

Remove from the system

Export screenshots

- 173 -
4. Tap a drive name to specify your USB memory
stick drive.  Tap Export.

The screenshot files will be exported into the

“\EC-9xxx\Date\ScreenCapture” on your USB
memory stick.

- 174 -
Chapter 12 File Management

12.1 Introduction ................................................................................. 176

12.2 Exporting Files ............................................................................ 177
12.2.1 Route, User Chart, User Profile ..................................... 177
12.2.2 Navigation Record ......................................................... 178
12.3 Importing Files ............................................................................. 179
12.4 Synchronizing Files ..................................................................... 180
12.5 Transferring Route....................................................................... 181
12.5.1 Sending to Another System ........................................... 181
12.5.2 Receiving from Another System ..................................... 181

- 175 -
12.1 Introduction

You import, export, and synchronize user-created data.

The table below is available functions for each data.

Import Export Synchronize

Route ✓ ✓ ✓

User Profile ✓ ✓ ✓

User Chart ✓ ✓ ✓

Navigation Record – ✓ –

- 176 -
12.2 Exporting Files

12.2.1 Route, User Chart, User Profile

1. Open the menu and then tap [File management].
2. Tap [Route], [User chart] or [User profile].
3. Select data by tapping  Tap Export.

Export data

Remove data

4. Insert a USB memory stick if you need. 

Choose an export-to drive or system.

5. Tap Export. The exported data will be stored in

the folder below of the USB memory stick
or in the selected system.

\EC-9xxx\(export date)\Routes
\EC-9xxx\(export date)\UserChart
\EC-9xxx\(export date)\UserProfile

RTZ ...... A format defined in the ECDIS international standard to communicate

data with other devices.

- 177 -
12.2.2 Navigation Record
1. Open the menu and then tap [Nav. Record]  [Detail log].

2. Tap Export.

3. Choose an export-to drive or system and an

exporting format from “Json” and “Json + csv”.
 Choose log data.  Tap Export.
The data will be exported. It may take time to
finish exporting depending on the data.

The exported data will be stored in the folder

below of the USB memory stick or in the
selected system.

\EC-9xxx\(export date)\logbook\(log date)

Exporting Format of Navigation Record Data

“Json” data is only available for playing back navigation record. You can read “csv”
data through Microsoft EXCEL or a text editor.

- 178 -
12.3 Importing Files

1. Open the menu and then tap [File Management].  Tap [Route], [User Chart] or
[User Profile].

2. Tap Import.

3. Insert a USB memory stick,

if you need, which
Drive/System
contains data you are
going to import.  Choose
an appropriate drive, a
folder, and then a file(s).  Folder
Tap Import at the bottom
of the menu. File

Importable data format

Route ................. .rtz

User chart .......... .ucl, .nav
User profile ......... .userprofile

- 179 -
12.4 Synchronizing Files

Copying all data files stored on one system to another system to keep the data the
same is called “data synchronization”. You can synchronize data such as route, user
chart and user profile between No.1 ECDIS, No.2 ECDIS and ECS. In data
synchronization, existing data files are overwritten on a to-system.

1. Open the menu and then tap [File Management].

2. Tap [Route], [User Chart] or [User Profile].

3. Specify a system(s) you are going to copy data to.  Tap Synchronize. All data files
of route, user chart or user profile will be copied to the to-system.

NOTE If there are data files on the to-system, they are all overwritten.

- 180 -
12.5 Transferring Route

Route data communication between this ECDIS and other manufacturers’

systems is
called route transfer. The data format is RTZ which is defined in the ECDIS international
standard. Route transfer is an optional extra.

12.5.1 Sending to Another System

You can transfer route data through the export function. See “12.2 Exporting Files”.

12.5.2 Receiving from Another System

 Planned Route

When you receive a planned route, it will be stored in the route data folder. You should
check it through the route planning menu.

1. Tap (PLAN) from the frequently-used

functions.

2. Tap to show the route and the route table

panel.

 Active Route in Route Monitoring or Track Control

As soon as route monitoring or track control starts on another system, the active route
will be transferred to your ECDIS and you will see it on your ECDIS.
When you start route monitoring or track control on your ECDIS, the active route will be
automatically transferred to another system.

- 181 -
Chapter 13 Radar Image

13.1 Turning on Radar Image .............................................................. 183

13.2 Selecting Radar ........................................................................... 184
13.3 Adjusting Radar Image ................................................................ 184
13.4 Radar Status ............................................................................... 185

- 182 -
13.1 Turning on Radar Image

Tap the Radar icon in the toolbar to turn on or off Radar images.

Radar image ON

Radar image OFF

NOTE Radar image is displayed based on the Radar antenna position, not based on
the conning position.

Own ship

- 183 -
13.2 Selecting Radar

When you tap the Radar icon in the toolbar to turn on Radar images, you will see the
Radar panel. Select a Radar number from No.1 and No.2.

13.3 Adjusting Radar Image

When you tap the Radar icon in the toolbar to turn on Radar images, you will see the
Radar panel. Adjust gain, rain and sea in it.

GAIN......... Adjust receiving sensitivity for Radar

image.
RAIN ......... Remove rain/snow clutter because the
image of rain, snow and fog may hide
targets. When there is no rain or snow
clutter, set zero at RAIN.
SEA .......... Adjust clutter by the surface of the sea because it may cause the difficulty of
targets distinction.

WARNING
 Too high/low level of gain, rain or sea may miss targets or may cause the late
detection of targets.
 When echo of rain or snow is strong, targets may not be easily distinguished on the
Radar image even if gain, rain and/or sea are turned. In this case, take safe
measures such as reducing sailing speed immediately to avoid a sea disaster.

- 184 -
13.4 Radar Status

Open the menu and then tap [Radar], and you will see Radar status.

TRIG, AZR and AZP mean

Radar signal names

OK ............ Radar signal is input normally.

NG ............ Radar signal is not input. Check that the radar is turned on and running.

- 185 -
Chapter 14 EBL, VRM, Parallel Index
Line

14.1 Turn on EBL/VRM ....................................................................... 187

14.2 Adjusting EBL and VRM .............................................................. 188
14.3 EBL Shape .................................................................................. 189
14.4 Offset .......................................................................................... 190
14.5 Parallel Index Line ....................................................................... 191

- 186 -
14.1 Turn on EBL/VRM

2 EBLs and 2 VRMs are available. Tap in the footer area to show EBL/VRM panels.
Turn on an EBL or a VRM in the EBL/VRM panel to show it.

Turn on

Turn off

Tap

EBL 1
EBL 2

VRM 2

VRM 1

- 187 -
14.2 Adjusting EBL and VRM

Tap anywhere on an EBL or a VRM and then drag it to change the EBL bearing or the
VRM size. Entering bearing and distance values in the EBL/VRM panel and turning EBL
dial or VRM dial are also available to change the bearing or the size.

Tap here to change values.

Press SEL to switch

the active EBL/VRM.

Active EBL

Active VRM

Turn the EBL dial to Turn the VRM dial to

change the bearing. change the range.

Press EBL/VRM1 or EBL/VRM2 to switch the active EBL/VRM.

- 188 -
14.3 EBL Shape

There are two types of EBL: rhumb line and great circle.

Rhumb line EBL

Great circle EBL

Open the menu and then tap [Customize]  [Other]. Select GC or RL.

- 189 -
14.4 Offset

 Offsetting
You offset an EBL/VRM display position by dragging EBL/VRM.

Drag the start position of an EBL

or the center of a VRM to offset
the EBL/VRM position.

 Resetting Offset
There are two ways of resetting
the offset.

- Tap [X] in the EBL/VRM panel

to close, then tap in the
footer area.

- Hold down the EBL or VRM

dial.

- 190 -
14.5 Parallel Index Line

4 parallel index lines are available.

PI1
1. Tap (PI) in the frequently-used
functions. You will see a parallel index PI2
panel. PI3
PI4

Tap to change
2. Turn on PI1, PI2, PI3 and/or PI4. bearing, range and/or
length values.
Tap Apply after changing.

 Resetting bearing
Tap Reset to reset bearing to own ship heading.

- 191 -
Chapter 15 LOP

15.1 What Does LOP Mean? ............................................................... 193

15.2 Drawing LOP ............................................................................... 194
15.3 TPL ............................................................................................. 196
15.4 Estimating Own Ship Position...................................................... 197
15.4.1 Estimating Own Ship Position ........................................ 197
15.4.2 Applying Estimated Position to DR Position ................... 199
15.5 Plotting Own Ship Position .......................................................... 200
15.5.1 Plotting. ......................................................................... 200
15.5.2 Information of Plotted Position ....................................... 201
15.6 LOP History ................................................................................. 201

- 192 -
15.1 What Does LOP Mean?

LOP (Line of Position) is a line which is drawn based on a bearing or distance from an
observable chart object whose LAT and LON are already known toward the own ship
position. LOP will help you keep a record of own ship past positions or will estimate the
own ship position when your position sensors are unavailable.

On this ECDIS, you can draw up to 5 LOPs.

- 193 -
15.2 Drawing LOP

1. Tap (LOP) from the frequently-used functions. You will see the “Plot POSN”
menu and LOP and EP panels.

2. Tap an observable object on the chart screen. Or long-tap an

observable object on the chart screen.  Tap Add in the
pop-up menu. You will see a LAT & LON of the object in the
LOP panel.

- 194 -
3. Tap a bearing or a distance to enter a value from the own ship position. You will see
a LOP which is expressed in an orange solid line from the position and an orange
triangle with an ID on the reference object.

Tap to remove

NOTE You only enter either bearing or distance for one LOP. When you enter both
bearing and distance for the same object, you need to draw 2 LOPs referring to the
same object, enter a bearing for one and enter a distance for the other.

- 195 -
15.3 TPL

A LOP which transfers with the own ship movement is called TPL (transferred position
line).

Tap to show a TPL.

TPL

LOP

- 196 -
15.4 Estimating Own Ship Position

You regard a LAT/LON of LOPs’ intersection as an own ship position and adopt it as a
DR position.

15.4.1 Estimating Own Ship Position

You will see LOPs information in the LOP panel and the EP panel shows estimated
positions resulted from all their combinations. Select one you consider the most suitable
in the EP panel, and you will see on the point on the chart screen.

Information you consider

the most suitable as an
own ship position.

Entry time
LOP3

LOP1

Information source
R: Radar range
V: Visual bearing
VR: Visual bearing and
Radar range
LOP2

- 197 -
 Estimation of Own Ship Position

When both a bearing and a distance from the own ship to an observable chart
object are already known,
Draw two LOPs. Enter bearing for one LOP and
distance for the other. Select information resulted
from these two LOPs in the EP panel. It will be
regarded as an own ship position.

When positions of three observable chart objects and their bearings from the own
ship are known,
Draw three LOPs. Enter each bearing for the three
LOP. Select information based on them in the EP
panel. A inner center of the triangle composed by
them will be viewed as an own ship position.

When positions of three observable chart objects and bearings to the two objects &
a distance to the other from the own ship are known.
Draw three LOPs. Enter two different bearings and
one distance respectively for them. Select
information derived from them in the EP panel. You
will see a sector which comprises them. Select one
point from the three, or the inner center of the
triangle. It will be regarded as an own ship position.

- 198 -
15.4.2 Applying Estimated Position to DR Position
After selecting an own ship
estimated position in the EP
panel, tap Set to DR. It will
be applied to a DR position
and an EP mark with
“DR” will be shown at the
position on the chart screen.

Entry time

EP: Estimated position

DR: Dead reckoning
position
Information source
R: Radar range
V: Visual bearing
VR: Visual bearing and
Radar range

You should check the DR position in the own ship

menu. See 3.3.2 DR Position

- 199 -
15.5 Plotting Own Ship Position

15.5.1 Plotting.

 Position Estimated by LOP

1. Select an estimated position you believe the most suitable in the EP panel.

2. Tap EP in the menu. A mark will be shown on the position.

 Position Sent from Position Sensor

Tap Primary or Secondary in the menu to plot a

position from the primary or secondary position
sensor. You will see a mark on the position.

- 200 -
15.5.2 Information of Plotted Position
A mark is displayed on a plotted position and you see position information in the
menu.

Information of plotted positions

Search by period

Remove data

15.6 LOP History

You see a LOP history in the navigation record panel. See “11.3 Log Panel - Position
Fix”.

- 201 -
Chapter 16 NAVTEX Message

16.1 Sign of New Messages ................................................................ 203

16.2 Reading NAVTEX Messages ....................................................... 203
16.3 Presentation of NAVTEX Message Panel .................................... 204
16.4 Message Filter ............................................................................. 206
16.4.1 Turning on Message Filter .................................................. 206
16.4.2 Filtering by Transmitter Coverage Area or Message Type .. 207
16.4.3 Filtering by Distance or Time from Fixed Position ............... 208
16.4.4 Filtering by Distance or Time from Route............................ 209
16.5 NAVTEX Receiver Masks ............................................................ 210
16.6 Geographical Information in Message ......................................... 211
16.6.1 Displaying Extracted Objects .............................................. 211
16.6.2 Displaying Extracted Objects Individually ........................... 211

- 202 -
16.1 Sign of New Messages

When your NAVTEX receiver

receives a new message, you
will see a budge put on the
NAVTEX icon in the toolbar. The number in the budge means how many messages you
have left unread.

16.2 Reading NAVTEX Messages

1. Open the menu and then tap [Message]  [NAVTEX].

2. Tap to show a NAVTEX panel.

Tap a message, and the full text will be shown

- 203 -
16.3 Presentation of NAVTEX Message Panel

Received date
Transmitter coverage area
Message type
Message ID Number of messages
Sort Expiry date

Protect Show a message text.

Display an object derived from a message

Remove
List of objects derived from messages

 Distinction between “read” and “unread”

You can distinguish read messages from
unread messages by a letter color.

Read (gray

Unread (white)

 Transmitter coverage area

The world is separated to more than one navarea, and moreover every navarea is
divided into areas from A to Z.

- 204 -
 Message type
The letter colors are different depending on the message type.

D Search and rescue information/piracy and armed robbery

A Navigational warning
B Meteorological warning
L Navigational warning (additional)
C Ice report
E Meteorological forecast
F Pilot message
G AIS
H LORAN-C message
I Reserved, presently not used
J SATNAV message
K Other electronic navigational aid system message
Z QRU (no message on hand)
M to Y Reserved, presently not used

 Message ID
ID which is contained in a NAVTEX message.

 Expiry date
Originally, expiry date is not in NAVTEX messages, but this ECDIS sets expiry date for
14 days to manage them. Expired messages will be removed from the system.

 Protection for messages

Protected messages remain without removing.

 Sorting Messages
Typically you will see
messages in order of
received date. Sorting
them is available.

- 205 -
16.4 Message Filter

The system can search for and extract NAVTEX messages that satisfy your conditions.
That is called message filter. Transmitter coverage areas, message types, distance or
time from a fixed position, and distance or time from a route are available as search
criteria.

16.4.1 Turning on Message Filter

1. Open the menu and then tap [Message]  [NAVTEX].

2. Turn on the “Filters”.

- 206 -
16.4.2 Filtering by Transmitter Coverage Area or Message Type

Scroll the menu up or down to see further menu

items.

Transmitter coverage area

Turn on the “Area” and select
an area(s).

Message type
Turn on the “Type” and select
a type(s).

- 207 -
16.4.3 Filtering by Distance or Time from Fixed Position

<Distance or time from <Distance or time from

the own ship position> a fixed position>

1. Scroll the menu up or down to see “from point” menu.

2. Turn on the “from Point”.  Tap .
3. Choose Own ship or Fixed Position as a reference position. Enter a LAT/LON if you
chose the Fixed Position.

4. Choose DIST or Time and then enter its value.

5. Tap Save at the bottom of the menu.

- 208 -
16.4.4 Filtering by Distance or Time from Route

<Distance or time from a route used <Distance or time from

in route monitoring or track control> a planned route>

1. Scroll up or down to see “from Route” menu.

2. Turn on “from Route”.  Tap .
3. Choose Monitored Route or Planned Route. Select a route if you chose the
Planned Route.

4. Choose DIST or Time and then enter its value.

5. Tap Save at the bottom of the menu.

- 209 -
16.5 NAVTEX Receiver Masks

Broadcasting frequency for NAVTEX messages differs region to region, and 518kHz is
generally used as a global common frequency. This menu shows transmitter coverage
areas and message types which are transmitted through a selected frequency. They are
just indications.

1. Open the menu and then tap [Message]  [NAVTEX].

2. Scroll the menu to bottom, and you will see transmitter coverage areas and
message types.

- 210 -
16.6 Geographical Information in Message

When geographical information is contained in a

NAVTEX message, this ECDIS automatically
extracts it and displays an object which is
composed of it. When one LAT/LON is in it, it is
regarded as a point, two LAT/LONs as a line,
three or more LAT/LONs as an area. Objects
derived from NAVTEX messages are displayed
with (Maritime Safety Information).

16.6.1 Displaying Extracted Objects

Tap NAVTEX in the toolbar to turn on or off objects derived from NAVTEX messages.

Extracted objects display ON

Extracted objects display OFF

16.6.2 Displaying Extracted Objects Individually

Tap in the NAVTEX panel to turn on an object derived from a NAVTEX message.
Tap to turn it off. Switching  is only effective when NAVTEX in the toolbar
is turned on.

- 211 -
Chapter 17 Alert

17.1 Alert and Indication with Message ............................................... 213

17.2 When Alert Occurs… ................................................................... 214
17.3 Alert Display ................................................................................ 215
17.4 Alert Setting................................................................................. 216
17.4.1 Position Monitor Alert, Position Jump Alert ..................... 217
17.4.2 Heading Monitor Alert .................................................... 217
17.4.3 Depth Alert ..................................................................... 218
17.4.4 ECC, ACC and End of track Alert ................................... 218
17.5 Alert Escalation ........................................................................... 219
17.6 Alert Category ............................................................................. 220
17.7 Alert Transfer ............................................................................... 220
17.8 Look Ahead ................................................................................. 221
17.8.1 Shape and Size ............................................................. 222
17.8.2 Alerts by Look-ahead Area ............................................. 223
17.8.3 Caution Objects Which Should be Highlighted ............... 224
17.9 Anchor Watch .............................................................................. 225
17.9.1 Anchor Watch and Slewing Watch ................................. 225
17.9.2 Anchor Watch Settings .................................................. 226
17.10 MOB ............................................................................................ 227

- 212 -
17.1 Alert and Indication with Message

This ECDIS provides alerts and indications with information message. Alerts are
separated into alarms, warnings and cautions depending on the severity level or on the
priority.

Alert Indication with messages

System error or Information about operation

navigatinal hazard or chart display

Alarm High

Waring Priority

Caution Low

Alert

Indication with messages about chart display

- 213 -
17.2 When Alert Occurs…

 Alarm and Warning

When an alarm or a
warning occurs, alert
sounds and an alert
message blinks.

Acknowledge an alert in
one of the three ways.

- Tap ACK in the header area,

- Tap ACK in the alarm panel, or
- Hold down ACK on the alarm unit. Alert silence

Alert acknowledgement

The alert will stop sounding and the

alert message will stop blinking.
Check alert cause promptly.

Alarm Warning Caution

Color & Icon

Style Red Orange Yellow

Three short beeps Two short beeps

Sound repeat every 7 repeat every 60 None
seconds. seconds.

- 214 -
 Caution
Alert Icons and Alert State
When a caution occurs, an alert message blinks silent.
* The You
priority doactive
1 is not have to acknowledge
emergency alarms
Alarm (Icon color: red)
cautions.
Priority Icons State
Active – unacknowledged, Flashing.
 2
Indication with Message
3-short-beeps are repeated every 7 seconds.
Messages about chart display appear in the lower left of the chart screen silent without
2 Active – silenced, Flashing
blinking. You are not allowed to hide them and they will automatically disappear when
the state of the message is rectified.
6 Active – acknowledged

7 Active – responsibility transferred

17.3 Alert Display
4 Rectified – unacknowledged

An alert with the highest priority of active alerts is shown in the top left. You see all active
Warning (Icon color: yellowish orange)
alerts in the alert panel.
Priority
You find Iconsin
alert history State
the navigation Active – unacknowledged, Flashing.
record. See
3
2-short-beeps are repeated every minute.
“11.3 Log Panel - Alert ”.
3 Active – silenced, Flashing

8 Active – acknowledged

9 Active – responsibility transferred

Red ...........alarm
5 Rectified – unacknowledged
Number of Orange ......warning
Alert icon active alerts Yellow........caution
Caution (Icon color: yellow)
Priority Icons State

10 No flashing (Only one icon for cautions)

Alert message
Acknowledges an alert.
Others
An alert with the Show alert panel
highest Silence an alert.
Iconspriority is State
shown. Shows alert aggregation. Presented together with icons number 1
to 11. (Not available on this system.)
High
Alarm-acknowledgement refused. Category-A alarms cannot be
acknowledged on remote devices.
Priority
Warning-acknowledgement refused. Category-A warnings cannot
be acknowledged on remote devices.
Low

- 215 -
17.4 Alert Setting

There are 8 kinds of alerts you can set a limit value.

- Position monitor alert

- Position jump alert
- Heading monitor alert
- Depth alert
- ECC
- ACC
- End of track

In addition to the above, look-ahead and anchor watch have some settings. See “17.8
Look Ahead” and “17.9 Anchor Watch” for more information.

CAUTION
All alert limits should be set for appropriate values depending on the ship condition.

- 216 -
17.4.1 Position Monitor Alert, Position Jump Alert
Open the menu and then tap [Sensors]  [Position
Sensor]. You will see a position sensor setup menu.
Scroll the menu up or down to see further menu
items.

The system compares the information

discrepancy between the primary and
secondary sensors, and if the
discrepancy exceeds the limit, an alert is
generated.

GPS might suddenly provide a wrong

position information because an error and
the position information would jump from
the last position. It is called “position
jump”. If a position jump happens and the
position difference exceeds the limit, an
alert occurs.

17.4.2 Heading Monitor Alert

Open the menu and then tap [Sensors]  [Heading
Sensor]. You will see a heading sensor setup menu.
Scroll the menu up or down to see further menu
items.

The system compares the information

discrepancy between the primary
sensor and the secondary sensor, and
if the discrepancy exceeds the limit, an
alert is generated.

- 217 -
17.4.3 Depth Alert
Open the menu and then tap [Sensors]  [Other
Sensors]. You will see a setup menu for echo
sounder.

When UKC is less than the limit

value, an alert occurs.

17.4.4 ECC, ACC and End of track Alert

These are alerts which occur in route monitoring or
track control.

Open the menu and then tap [Route]  [Alert Limit

for Monitoring]. You will see a setup menu for route
monitoring.
In route monitoring or track control, when your ship
gets to an area where is set-time away, end of track,
ECC or ACC alert is generated. See “9.3.1 Alerts
Peculiar to Route Monitoring”.

- 218 -
17.5 Alert Escalation

Warning sounds 2 short beeps and repeats them every 60 seconds until you
acknowledge it. Some warnings escalate to alarms unless you acknowledge them
within 30 seconds. Alarm sounds 3 short beeps and repeats them every 7 seconds until
you acknowledge it.

NOTE Almost all alerts which would escalate warning to alarm occur in track control.

Warnings and Alarms When You Do Not Acknowledge

Repetition of the same warning

60 sec.

Warning sound
(2 short beeps)

Warning  Alarm

30 sec. 30 sec.
120 sec. BNA
7 sec.
(Only for anchor watch)

Warning sound Alarm sound

(2 short beeps) (3 short beeps)

Repetition of the same alarm

7 sec.

Alarm sound
(3 short beep)

- 219 -
17.6 Alert Category

Alerts generated on nautical instruments are classified into categories defined in the
international standard. When your ship is equipped with a CAM (Central Alert
Management) system and if an alert occurs on an instrument in the bridge, it is
transferred to the CAM system. When a category-A alert occurs on a system, you are
only allowed to acknowledge it on the system. For example, when a CPA/TCPA alert
happens on ECDIS which is classified into the category A, it will be transferred to the
CAM system. It is only on the ECDIS that you are allowed to acknowledge the alert.

Category-A Alerts on ECDIS

- Cross track - Depth alarm - Approach CPT

- End of track - Anchor watch - AIS display max
- ECC - Cross no-go line - TT display max
- ACC - Cross no-go area - AIS reach 95%
- Cross contour - Cross hazard - TT reach 95%
- Cross boundary

17.7 Alert Transfer

When your ship is equipped with CAM (Central Alert Management) system, it intensively
manages all alerts which occur on devices in the bridge. Alerts which are generated on
each device are transferred to the CAM system and they are shown on it too.

NOTE
 All navigational devices are not necessarily compliant with the alert management
system. Some systems do not deal with the transfer function between devices.
 With regard to category-B alerts or alerts which are transferred to the CAM system,
you are allowed to acknowledge some of them even on systems other than the alert
source.

- 220 -
17.8 Look Ahead

The look-ahead area is useful to watch danger ahead. When it gets across an object
you should pay attention to such as a danger/caution object and a no-go line/area,
danger objects are
highlighted in red and
caution objects in
yellow at the same
time as an alert
occurs.

Safety Height

Look-ahead watches not only objects at sea but

overhead objects such as bridges、powerlines,
etc. Set a safety height, and an alert occurs when
the look-ahead area detects an object which you
do not secure enough height to

Tap in the toolbar, and then enter a safety

height value in the chart setting panel.

- 221 -
17.8.1 Shape and Size
1. Tap (Look-ahead) in the frequently-used functions.
2. Choose the area shape from rectangle and sector.

3. Set the area size.

4. Tap ON to start looking-ahead.

Choose an
area shape.

Set an area
size.

Show a list panel of danger/caution

objects detected by the look-ahead
area

Tap an object in the list panel to

highlight the corresponding object
on the chart screen.

Tap an object on the chart, and

the relevant item will be
highlighted in the danger/caution
object list panel.

- 222 -
17.8.2 Alerts by Look-ahead Area
The following alerts will occur depending on the danger type while the look-ahead area
is turned on.
Danger Alert Message A/W/C
Cross contour – Crossing safety
Safety contour Alarm
contour

Prohibited area Warning

Cross boundary – Approaching the
or
boundary
Area with special condition Caution

Warning
Cross No-go Line/Area – Approaching
No-go line/area or
No-go Line/Area
Caution

Warning
Cross hazard – Approaching
Navigational hazard or
navigational hazard
Caution

Select which should be generated, warring or caution, with regard to navigational

hazards, boundaries, no-go lines and no-go areas.

Select “warning” or “caution”

as an alert type.

- 223 -
17.8.3 Caution Objects Which Should be Highlighted
You can select caution objects which should be highlighted in yellow.

Caution Objects

Navigational hazards User defined areas for which special

Areas for which special conditions exist conditions exist
Anchorage area Information areas (Anchor berth,
Caution area Cargo transhipment area, Fishing
Military practice area ground)
Marine farm/culture Protected area (Dumping ground,
Sea plane landing area Incineration area, Pipeline area,
Inshore traffic zone Precautionary area, Cable area,
Offshore production area Fairway, Territorial sea area)
Restricted area Ships routing systems and ferry routes
Areas to be avoided (Recommended traffic lane part, Deep
PSSA (Particularly Sensitive Sea Area) water route center line, Two way route
Submarine transit lane part, Ferry route, Recommended route
Traffic separation zone center line, Recommended track,
Deep water route part, Traffic
Safety contour
separation line, Traffic separation
User-added electronic chart information scheme boundary, Traffic separation
Event scheme crossing, Traffic separation
Mariner’s note scheme lane part, Traffic separation
Mariner’s feature scheme roundabout)
Manufacturer’s feature Miscellaneous (Depth contour,
User-added electronic chart information Continental shelf area, Exclusive
economic zone)

- 224 -
17.9 Anchor Watch

17.9.1 Anchor Watch and Slewing Watch

Anchor Watch
An anchor watch circle is displayed around the own ship symbol, and if at least a part of
the own ship symbol gets out of the circle, a warning occurs and the anchor watch circle
turns red. The warning sounds every 60 seconds until you acknowledge it. If you do not
acknowledge it within 2 minutes, it is escalated to an alarm. The alarm sounds every 7
seconds until you acknowledge it.

Slewing Watch
You set the own ship heading as the reference bearing. If it exceeds the limit value of
slewing watch while your ship is at anchor, a warning happens. The warning sounds
every 60 seconds until you acknowledge it.

NOTE Slewing watch is a part of anchor watch, so the alert name is the same “anchor
watch” for both.

Reference bearing for

slewing watch
= the current own ship
heading

Limit for slewing watch

Anchor watch circle

- 225 -
17.9.2 Anchor Watch Settings
1. Check the anchor location is correctly set referring to
“6.6 Anchor Location”.

2. Tap (Anchor) in the frequently-used functions.

3. Choose the anchor location from port, starboard, and
CCRP which is a conning position. A watching circle will
be drawn centered at it

4. Enter a radius of the watching circle as “distance”.

5. Tap ON in the bottom of the menu to start anchor

watch.

6. When you start slewing watch, enter “reference” and

“range”.  Turn on “bearing”.

Turn on the anchor Turn off the

watch anchor watch

Reference bearing

Range
= Limit of slewing
watch

Distance

- 226 -
17.10 MOB

If a person goes overboard, the MOB function will help you find where he/she is in the
sea and how far he/she is away from your ship.

Tap (MOB) in the

header as soon as you
get information that
someone has been
overboard. You will see
an MOB mark on
the own ship symbol
position of when you tap and will see an MOB panel.

You can show up to 10 MOB panels on the screen.

Stop the MOB

Elapsed time since function
you tap .

Own ship position of

when you tap .

True bearing of

Distance to

Time to , calculated
based on the actual
speed.

Usually the set and drift which ECDIS calculates are

applied, but when you turn on “ships drift vector” and
enter set and drift values, will be displayed at the
position taken them into account.

- 227 -
Chapter 18 Video

18.1 Overview ..................................................................................... 229

18.2 Playback screen operation .......................................................... 229
18.3 Tutorial Video .............................................................................. 230
18.3.1 Persons subject to a practice training by the video ........ 230
18.3.2 Video contents ............................................................... 230
18.3.3 Tutorial Video Familiarization ......................................... 231
18.3.4 Tutorial Video Player ...................................................... 235
18.4 Maintenance video ...................................................................... 236
18.4.1 Items subject to Onboard Maintenance .......................... 236
18.4.2 Operating procedure ...................................................... 236

- 228 -
18.1 Overview

You can familiarize with the operation of ECDIS and carry out a maintenance on board
by playing the video on the actual equipment and learning and checking the contents
with this ECDIS. In addition, these video files can be saved into an external storage
medium such as a USB flash drive, and it is possible to practice the training contents
and check the maintenance procedure by using your PC on board or land.

18.2 Playback screen operation

The playback screen can be enlarged.

The playback speed can be selected from 1 to 4 times.

Select small/large
screen

Select the playback speed

Replay

- 229 -
18.3 Tutorial Video

The tutorial video is intended for a captain and navigating officers who use this software
on board to become familiar with the operation before boarding or navigation.
The Tutorial Video Familiarization software is certified by NK. (Certificate No. 12-004-1)

18.3.1 Persons subject to a practice training by the video

As shown below, the familiarization training using this video is intended for a captain
and navigating officers who have a certain level of knowledge about ECDIS.
-Completed the Generic Training course, understood the capabilities, characteristics
and restrictions of ECDIS, and acquire the appropriate operation procedure and
instructions.
-Has an experience of navigation using ECDIS made by Tokyo Keiki or other
manufacturers, and is familiar with the basic operation of it.

18.3.2 Video contents

The video contents consist of the following 14 items.

① Basic operation ⑧LOP

② Top display ⑨Alerts
③ Chart management ⑩MOB
④ Route planning ⑪Look-ahead
⑤ Route monitoring ⑫Anchor watch
⑥ User chart ⑬Safety setting
⑦ PI (Parallel Index) ⑭Maintenance

- 230 -
18.3.3 Tutorial Video Familiarization

You can register multiple user information and save the viewing status. In addition, you
can issue a certificate after viewing all the tutorial video contents.
Even if you have completed the course, you can repeat the training as many times as
you like, so it can be effectively used to get used to this ECDIS operation.

1. Open the menu and then tap [Tutorial]  [Tutorial Video Familiarization].
When starting anew, there is no registered name in the user list, so tap [New] to register
the user.

Tap to
register the
user

- 231 -
2. Enter the required items and register as a new user.

New
registration
completed

Input the required items

and then tap [Save]

3. The registered user will start the course.

Select a user Items that have been

name and start completed will be
taking the course marked with a green
check mark.

- 232 -
 When all the courses are
completed, [Create] of
Certificate will be activated.

The created certificate

can be saved as a PDF
file in USB flash drive,
etc.

- 233 -
The certificate will be printed out by a printer on board.
And it should be signed by a designated person by appointed by a captain and a captain
after confirming that the familiarization training has been completed and this ECDIS can
be operated fully.

CAUTION

During a navigation, do not carry out the familiarization training by the tutorial video.

CAUTION
This tutorial video does not cover all ECDIS functions and items. Please refer to the
Operator’s manual for more details.

CAUTION
The details of the tutorial video may change when the ECDIS software is upgraded.
Please confirm the tutorial video version when you upgrade the software.

- 234 -
18.3.4 Tutorial Video Player

You can freely watch the tutorial video without registering user information. However,
the certificate cannot be issued.
In addition, these video files can be saved into an external storage medium using the
export function.

1. Open the menu and then tap [Tutorial]  [Tutorial Video].

You will see a NK Familiarization Program setup menu. Scroll the menu up or down
to see further menu items.

Tap the video you want to

play and it will start playing
automatically

CAUTION

The contents of Tutorial Video Player and Tutorial Video Familiarization are the same.

- 235 -
18.4 Maintenance video

 Onboard Maintenance

In the EC-9000 series, troubleshooting of the ECDIS, maintenance of recommended

replacement parts, etc. are performed only by a crew without visiting of a service
technician, which is called as Onboard Maintenance. This ECDIS is designed to enable
Onboard Maintenance. The purpose of this maintenance video is to allow customers to
easily and reliably restore and maintain an equipment by explaining replacement and
restoration procedures in detail using an actual equipment.

18.4.1 Items subject to Onboard Maintenance

The following units and parts are subject to Onboard Maintenance.

- SSD
- Processor Box
- Radar IF card
- Serial IF card

See “1.3 System configuration” for each unit.

18.4.2 Operating procedure

 Introduction

1. Open the menu and then tap [Maintenance Video]  [Introduction].

- 236 -
2. Tap [Introduction]  [OPEN FRONT PANEL].
For a stand-type ECDIS, the video explaining how to remove the front panel
required to access the internal units is played.

 Replace units or parts

1. Tap each unit or part name in [Replace Parts] field to play each video.
Follow the video procedure to maintain the equipment.

- 237 -
The SSD attached as a spare part has already been set up when equipped, but a newly
ordered SSD needs to be set up according to the vessel
Be sure to follow the video procedure of [SSD settings] and set up a new SSD.

CAUTION
Please copy the maintenance video files from ECDIS to USB flash drive etc. before
use. Even if ECDIS cannot start due to some trouble, you can check the video
procedure by playing it on your PC.

CAUTION
When performing Onboard Maintenance, be careful not to get injured such as getting
your fingers stuck during the work.

CAUTION
The maintenance video can also be played on the EC-8000 series, but the EC-8000
series does not support Onboard Maintenance.

CAUTION

If it does not recover even after replacement, please contact the service agent.

- 238 -
Chapter 19 Backup ECDIS

19.1 Roles Backup ECDIS Plays ......................................................... 240

19.2 Taking Over Functions, Charts and User Data ............................. 241

- 239 -
19.1 Roles Backup ECDIS Plays

When your ship is equipped with No.1 ECDIS and No.2 ECDIS, both of them have the
same functions, work the same way, and have no distinction between them. So even if
one of them has a trouble, the other will be able to take over the control and you will
keep the rest of the navigation safe.
It is recommended that you should put both ECDISes into the operation and should
synchronize chart and user-created data between them.

Special Instructions regarding No.1 and No.2 ECDISes

 While you are in track control or route monitoring,

- The ECDIS you started track control or route monitoring on is recognized as
main ECDIS and the other as backup ECDIS. While you perform neither of
them, there is no distinction between the 2 ECDISes.
- The same route is displayed on the 2 ECDISes, but you will not always see
the same screen display on both of them.
- The functions in CHT MGMT and Chart Review are unavailable on both
ECDISes.
 While you are in track control,
Track control is performed on the main ECDIS and route monitoring is executed
on the backup ECDIS using the same route as the main ECDIS.
 While you are in route monitoring
Route monitoring is performed on both ECDISes.
 No.1 ECDIS and No.2 ECDIS keep a navigation record individually.
 No.1 ECDIS and No.2 ECDIS receive sensor information individually from the
same sensor sources.

- 240 -
19.2 Taking Over Functions, Charts and User Data

 Charts and User Data

Charts and user-created data such as route, no-go lines/areas, etc., are not
automatically copied or synchronized between No.1 ECDIS and No.2 ECDIS, so you
have to install and update charts and synchronize user-created data individually on
each system in case of a system failure.

 Track Control and Route Monitoring

If the main ECDIS gets out of order in route monitoring or track control, the backup
ECDIS will take over the control as route monitoring. When you would like to start track
control on the backup ECDIS, stop route monitoring intentionally and then start a new
track control on it.

Will take over as route

monitoring.

Failure

Will take over as

route monitoring.

Main ECDIS Backup ECDIS

- 241 -
Chapter 20 Maintenance &
Troubleshooting

19.1 Inspection and Maintenance ........................................................ 243

19.1.1 General Maintenance .................................................... 243
19.1.2 Self-diagnosis ................................................................ 244
19.1.3 Network-connected Systems ......................................... 245
19.1.4 Sensor Signals .............................................................. 246
19.1.5 LCD after Long Use ....................................................... 247
19.1.6 Maintenance for Parts inside ECDIS Units ..................... 248
19.1.7 How to replace SSD ...................................................... 249
19.1.8 How to replace Processer Box ....................................... 250
19.1.9 How to replace IF Unit ................................................... 251
19.1.10 How to restore settings .................................................. 253
19.2 Software Version ......................................................................... 257
19.3 Software Upgrade ....................................................................... 258
19.4 Service Menu .............................................................................. 259
19.4.1 Opening / Exiting the Service Menu ............................... 259
19.4.2 Setting Up ...................................................................... 260
19.5 Troubleshooting ........................................................................... 265
19.5.1 Alert Messages .............................................................. 266
19.5.2 Indication with Information Message .............................. 271
19.5.3 Start-up, Power supply................................................... 272
19.5.4 Screen Display .............................................................. 273
19.5.5 Chart.............................................................................. 273
19.5.6 Others............................................................................ 276
19.6 Warranty...................................................................................... 277

- 242 -
20.1 Inspection and Maintenance

Tokyo Keiki ECDIS is designed and manufactured taking durability into account so that
it can work normally even in severe circumstances such as high temperature and high
humidity. Routine inspection, maintenance, and a periodical maintenance by TOKYO
KEIKI service engineers will help your system keep good working.

20.1.1 General Maintenance

 Clean your ECDIS stand with a clean cloth to remove dust, dirty spots, etc.

 If you smell bad like something burning from your ECDIS stand, contact a TOKYO
KEIKI service station to get advice.

 The surface of the screen easily collects dust because of electrification. It is hard to
see the screen display with dust on it. In addition, touch panel monitors get dirty with
fingerprints and grease. Soak a cloth a little in lukewarm water which neutral
detergent is dissolved and clean the screen with it. Or clean it with a surfactant
containing ethanol.

 LCD cleaning kits are sold by Tokyo Keiki. Contact a TOKYO KEIKI service station.

CAUTION
If you smell something burning from inside the stand, stop ECDIS at once. Fill it in
the logbook and call a TOKYO KEIKI service station.

CAUTION
Do not tap or beat on the screen surface with metal, hard or sharp-edged goods.

CAUTION
While cleaning the LCD surface, turn off the ECDIS power or the LCD power. If the
power is on, the touch panel may react during cleaning and cause a malfunction.

- 243 -
20.1.2 Self-diagnosis
ECDIS diagnoses the constituting units at system startup. The self-test by users is also
available.

Open the menu, and then tap [System Management]

 Self Test. You will see a self-test result both in
the menu area and in the self-test result panel.

Update the
test result.

Export a self-test result to

a USB memory stick. The
data (.csv) will be stored
in the following folder.
\EC-9xxx\(date)\SelfTest

- 244 -
20.1.3 Network-connected Systems
Open the menu, and then tap [System Management]  [Network]. You will see a list of
network-connected systems in the menu.

Update the status.

Network-connected
system

Own system

- 245 -
20.1.4 Sensor Signals
ECDIS works receiving information from kinds of sensors. You can check if ECDIS
receives it successfully, but typically TOKYO KEIKI service engineers are responsible
for that.

Open the menu and then tap [System Management]  [Sentences]. You will see a
sensor list in the menu.

NOTE Checking signals is memory-hogging. You should refrain from extended

periods of use.

Tap to show
the sensor
sentence panel.
Tap in the
menu to stop
showing
sentences.
Export sentence data to a USB memory stick. The
data (.txt) will be stored in the following folder.
\EC-9xxx\(date)\Sentences

Sentence name
Green: receiving
Orange: no reception

- 246 -
20.1.5 LCD after Long Use
A LCD will gradually have poor quality after a long use. In general, the symptom is weak
brightness even with the same brightness control as before. Typically that might happen
about 5 years later though it differs depending on how often it is used. If your LCD has
such condition, you should replace it with a new one.
You can check the color display by showing the following color patterns. If it is hard to
distinguish colors comparing to before, it may be time for replacement of your LCD.

1. Open the menu and then tap [System Management]. Scroll the menu up or down to
see further menu.

2. Tap [Color Test].  [Color Diagram]. You will see color patterns as shown below.

- 247 -
20.1.6 Maintenance for Parts inside ECDIS Units
In the EC-9000 series, if there are maintenance parts on board, some units are
user-replaceable.
Except for those parts, you should leave maintenance work for the ECDIS internals to
TOKYO KEIKI service engineers because there stays a high-voltage current and you
might get an electric shock.

DANGER
If you repair or maintain parts inside the ECDIS, turn off the 2 breakers first because
you may get an electric shock! The possibility of getting an electric shock is not zero
even after turning them off as far as the power is supplied on your ship.

PROHIBITION
Do not carry out an insulation test by using megger or other insulation testers
because it provides the internal electric parts with a lot of damage. Disconnect the
connected wires from the system first when this kind of test is carried out regarding
any power lines.

- 248 -
20.1.7 How to replace SSD

DANGER
Turn off the 2 breakers before replacing because you may get an electric shock and
it will be cause of damage for ECDIS.
Do not touch anything other than the part to be replaced.

If the system does not boot, or if it does boot but the display is abnormal, etc., it may be
possible to recover by replacing the SSD.

1. Turn off the ECDIS and turn off the 2 breakers.

2. Press the eject button to open the SSD case lid.

3. Pull out old SSD.

4. Insert the New SSD and push the SSD case lid. Check it is inserted deeply.

5. Turn on the 2 breakers.

- 249 -
20.1.8 How to replace Processer Box

DANGER
Turn off the 2 breakers before replacing because you may get an electric shock and
it will be cause of damage for ECDIS.
Do not touch anything other than the part to be replaced.

If the system does not boot, or if it does boot but PROCESSOR BOX
the display is abnormal, etc., it may be possible
to recover by replacing the Processer Box.

1. Turn off the ECDIS and turn off the 2

breakers.

2. Remove the connectors from the Processor Box

3. Remove the metal fittings on the side.

4. Lift one side of the Processor Box slightly

and slide it to the left to remove.

5. Install a new Processor Box.

6. Lift one side of the Processor Box slightly

and slide it to the right to connect the
connector. Check it is inserted deeply.

7. Attach the metal fittings on the side.

8. Attach the removed connectors to the new Processor Box. Check no contact failure
of the connectors.

9. Turn on the 2 breackers.

- 250 -
20.1.9 How to replace IF Unit

DANGER
Turn off the 2 breakers before replacing because you may get an electric shock and
it will be cause of damage for ECDIS.
Do not touch anything other than the part to be replaced.

In the IF Unit, The upper row is the Radar Card and the lower row is the Serial IF Card.
If all external signals such as GPS, GYRO, speed logs, etc. cannot be received, it may
be possible to recover by replacing the serial IF Card.
If the radar overlay function is not normal, it may be possible to recover by replacing the
Radar IF Card.

CAUTION
Repair parts for IF Unit are different for No.1 ECDIS and No.2 ECDIS.

RADAR IF CARD SERIAL IF CARD

S2 S1

No.1 No.2 No.1 No.2

- 251 -
1. Turn off the ECDIS and turn off the 2
breakers.

2. Remove the connectors from the cards

to be replaced. If necessary, cut the
cable ties with nipper.

3. Remove the screws at both corners of

the card. If it is tight, use a flat-blade screwdriver to loosen it.

4. Pull out the old card.

5. Insert the new card.

6. Tighten the screws on both corners.

7. Attach the removed connectors to the

new card.

8. Turn on the new card.

- 252 -
20.1.10 How to restore settings
If the SSD is replaced, the settings must be restored.

 Items to be prepared in advance

・USB flash drive that system config data and user data are backed up
・ECDIS softeware updater file

 Overview of steps

STEP 1. Activation the ECDIS. Restore the license Key and the configuration file.
STEP 2. Upgrade ECDIS appilication.
STEP 3. Import user data and install ENCs.

STEP 1. Activation the ECDIS. Restore the license Key and the configuration file.

1. Turn on ECDIS. It will automatically restart several times to initialize Windows® at

the first boot after SSD replaced. It will take some time to boot (About 3 minutes).

- 253 -
2. After restated, ECDIS will start and the
activation dialog will appear.

3. Select “Restore from back up file” from

dropdown list to restore system config data from
USB flash drive.

4. Insert USB flash drive. Select the back up file

named “system_config.json.EI*****.”
“EI*****” at the end of file name means system
number. Select the file that corresponds the
system number of the ECDIS to be restored.
Ex.)
system_config.json.EI0001 ⇒ For No.1ECDIS
system_config.json.EI0002 ⇒ For No.2ECDIS

- 254 -
5. Make sure that the serial number, system type
and system number correspond to those of the
system to be restored. Then tap “Next” button to
restart.

NOTE
If you have back up files of both No.1ECDIS and No.2ECDIS and you do not know
the serial number, system type and system number, try to restore from any one file
of them. If the file which you tried to restore from does not corresponds the system
to be restored, the message as shown in the below will appear. In that case, try to
restore from the other file.

- 255 -
6. After restarted, if the settings was restored
successfully, the message as shown in the right will
appear. Tap “OK” button to close dialog and “Close”
button to restart system again.

7. Tap “Yes” button to start to restart.

NOTE only in case that both No.1ECDIS and No.2ECDIS are installed
1) If the other ECDIS which is not to be restored is running, keep it running while
restoring.
2) If the other ECDIS which is not to be restored is not running, turn off its AC/DC
breaker on control panel while restoring.

STEP 2. Upgrade ECDIS appilication.

Refer to 20.3 Software Upgrade.

STEP 3. Import user data and install ENCs.

Refer to 12.3 Importing Files, 12.4 Synchronizing Files and 5.3 Installing/Updating
Charts.

- 256 -
20.2 Software Version

You will find a version number of the ECDIS

software in the top right corner of the menu.

- 257 -
20.3 Software Upgrade

When a new version of the ECDIS software is released, you can upgrade it yourself.
“EC-9xxx_updater.exe” is necessary to upgrade it.

1. Open the menu and then tap [System Management]  [Upgrade Software].

2. Insert a USB memory stick which contains an ECDIS updater file in.

3. Select a drive of the USB memory stick.  Tap Upgrade.

Select a drive of the

USB memory stick.

4. You will see two types of confirmation messages. Tap Yes respectively to start
upgrading.

5. Tap Close in the message which tells “Installation completed”. The system will
restart.

6. After ECDIS starts again, check that the new version number of the software is
indicated in the top right corner of the menu.

7. Remove the USB memory stick.

- 258 -
20.4 Service Menu

You can set up basic configuration of your ECDIS in the service menu. Typically, a
Tokyo service engineer set it up in equipping with ECDIS, but some parts of the service
menu is open to users so that they could maintain the system themselves.

20.4.1 Opening / Exiting the Service Menu

1. Open the menu and then tap [Service Menu].

2. You will see a numeric keypad to enter a

password to open the entire service menu. Just
tap the Enter without entering anything. The
service menu will open.

Tap to exit the service menu and

return to the ECDIS screen.

- 259 -
20.4.2 Setting Up

 Sound Volume, Cursor Speed

Display only

You can adjust sound volume, but

the volume prescribed in the ECDIS
The setting only when you use standard is 26.
a mouse.

 Ship Size, CCRP

The maximum value of your ship height

from the sea level.

A consistent common reference point

among nautical instruments onboard

 Sensor Information Source

A setting for remote ECS. Select which ECDIS your remote ECS receives sensor data
from if your ship is equipped with 2 ECDISes.

- 260 -
 NavBox Setting

When a NavBox is on board, turn it on and then enter “192.168.100.10” as the IP

address.

 Backup and Restoration of System Configuration

Backing up
1. Tap Select Drive to choose a drive or system you are going to save the configuration
file(s) to.
2. Tap Backup. The backup file(s) will be saved on the drive or system.

Restoring
1. Tap Select Target to choose a system you are going to restore.
2. Tap Select File to select the backup file(s) for the target system.
3. Tap Restore. The system will be restored.

E.g.1 Restoring No.2 ECDIS using the configuration file(s) backed up on No.1 ECDIS
Open the service menu on No.1 ECDIS.  Choose No.2 ECDIS as a target system.
 Choose D:\EC-9xxx\environment\user_data\system_config.
E.g.2 Restoring No.2 ECDIS using the configuration file(s) backed up on a USB
memory stick
Choose No.2 ECDIS as a target system.  Choose F:\EC-9xxx\(date)\system_config.

The folder on No.1 ECDIS which contains

the backup configuration file(s)

The folder on a USB memory stick which

contains the backup configuration file(s)

- 261 -
 Disk Recovery

When a failure due to the operating system (Windows) occurs, you should recover it by
running the disk recovery.

6. Tap Disk Recovery in the service menu.  Tap

Yes in the confirmation window.

7. You will see another confirmation message. Tap

Yes in it.  ECDIS will shut down and the disk
recovery will start.

8. Tap Troubleshoot.

9. Tap Advanced options.

- 262 -
10. Tap System Image Recovery.

11. Tap Administrator.

12. Tap Continue.

13. Tap Next.

- 263 -
14. Tap Next.

15. Tap Finish.

16. Tap Yes.

You will see the

window on the right
during restoring the
system.

- 264 -
17. When the system
recovery is finished,
you will see the
window on the right.
Tap Restart now,
and ECDIS will start
again soon.

20.5 Troubleshooting

The troubleshooting is described classified into as follows.

- Alert
- Indication with information message (displayed in the lower left of the chart screen)
- Start, power supply
- Screen display, system freezing
- Chart
- Others

If your trouble is not fixed even

after you follow the - Vessel name
troubleshooting description or - Owner name of the vessel
when there is no description in this - Port name
book about your trouble, contact to - (Estimated) time & date of arrival
a TOKYO KEIKI service station to - Lay days
get advice. You should tell the - TEL/FAX/e-mail of yours or ship agent
items at right. - Name & type of the equipment
- Manufacturer’s serial number
- Failure information.
- Screen display
- Software version number

- 265 -
20.5.1 Alert Messages

ID Alert Name Cause / How to Deal with

Connection error between ECDIS and the
Lost <sensor> – Lost sensor.
3002 <sensor>. Check the  Wait and see how it goes.
connection.  Check the connection between ECDIS
and the device if possible.
Backup ECDIS connection error
Lost <ECDIS> – Lost backup  Check the power switch of the ECDIS is
3002 ECDIS system. Check the turned on, or
backup system.  Check the connection between No.1
ECDIS and No.2 ECDIS, if possible.
Connection error between ECDIS and the
Lost <sensor> – Lost sensor.
3003 <sensor>. Check the  Wait and see how it goes.
connection.  Check the connection between ECDIS
and the device if possible.
ECS connection error
 Check the power switch of the ECS is
Lost <ECS> – Lost <ECS>.
3003 turned on, or
Check the workstation.
 Check the connection between ECDIS
and ECS.
Datum information from the position sensor
Invalid Datum – Datum is not
is not WGS-84
3005 WGS84. Different datum from
 Pay attention to position. ECDIS only
ENC.
supports WGS-84.
The information from the sensor is not
correct.
Invalid <data> – <data> has a
3006  Change the primary sensor to the
invalid data.
secondary sensor or “manual” if the alert
is not resolved soon.

Lost ROUTE MON – <data>

Position or heading information is invalid.
3008 sensor has invalid. Switch to
 Switch to a valid sensor.
a valid <data> sensor.

- 266 -
 ID Alert Name Cause / How to Deal with
Lost POSN MON – Lost 2nd Information from the secondary position
3009 POSN sensor. Switch to a sensor is lost.
valid POSN sensor.  Switch to a valid position sensor.

Lost HDG MON – Lost 2nd Information from the secondary heading
3009 HDG sensor. Switch to a valid sensor is lost.
HDG sensor.  Switch to a valid heading sensor.

The discrepancy between the primary and

Doubtful POSN – BIG the secondary position sensors exceeds the
discrepancy between the limit.
3012
POSN sensors. Check each  Wait and see how it goes.
sensor.  Set the sensor which you think more
correct as the primary sensor.

The discrepancy between the primary and

Doubtful HDG – Big the secondary heading sensors exceeds the
discrepancy between the limit.
3012
HDG sensors. Check each  Wait and see how it goes.
sensor.  Set the sensor which you think more
correct as the primary sensor.

Doubtful POSN – POSN The information from the primary position

3013 jumped. Check the POSN sensor jumped.
sensor.  Wait and see how it goes.

Lost POSN – POSN data lost. Information from the sensor is lost.
3015 Select another POSN sensor  Set another sensor as the primary
manually. sensor.

Lost HDG – HDG data lost. Information from the sensor is lost.
3015 Select another HDG sensor  Set another sensor as the primary
manually. sensor.

Lost SPD – SPD data lost. Information from the sensor is lost.
3015 Select another SPD sensor  Set another sensor as the primary
manually. sensor.
The information from the sensor is lost.
Lost <data> – <data> data  Change the primary sensor to the
3016
lost. Check <data> data. secondary sensor or “manual” if the alert
is not resolved soon.
AC Power fail – Failure or
AC power is not supplied or power reduction
reduction in AC power supply.
3022 has happened.
ECDIS works normally for 1
 Wait and see how it goes for a while.
min.
DC Power fail – Abnormal
DC power voltage is getting low.
3023 voltage in DC power supply.
 Check the DC power supply if possible.
Check Battery.

- 267 -
 ID Alert Name Cause / How to Deal with
AC Power fail – Abnormal
The AC power voltage is reducing.
3023 voltage in AC power supply.
 Wait and see how it goes for a while.
Check power supply.

UPS battery fail – Failure in UPS battery is running out.

3023
UPS battery. Check UPS.  Check the UPS battery.
Cross-track – Cross-track
XTD exceeded the limit.
distance exceeded the limit.
3024  Steer the ship so that it goes along the
Steer your ship within the
planned route as much as possible.
limit.
XX minutes sail to the last waypoint.
End of track – X.X min. before
3025  Secure the safety.
last waypoint for RM.
 Prepare for the next action.
You are beyond the 85 ﾟ latitude limit
High Latitude – Position  Secure the safety. The position
3026
beyond the 85 ﾟ latitude limit. information beyond 85 degrees LAT not
warranted.
ECCW – Early course change XX minutes sail to the WOP.
3028
warning (x.x min before WOT)  Prepare for the next action.

ACCW – Actual course

30 seconds’ sail to the WOP.
3028 change warning (30s before
 Prepare for the next action.
WOT)
The look-ahead area has crossed a safety
Cross contour – Crossing a
contour.
3031 safety contour. Steer your
 Pay attention to the depth and secure
ship to a safety area.
the safety.
Depth alarm – Depth below UKC is below the limit.
3031 the limit value. Check depth  Pay attention to the depth and secure
under keel. the safety.

Anchor watch – Ship is You are out of the anchor watch circle.
3032 drifting. Steer your ship within  Steer the ship so that you go inside the
the anchor watch circle. anchor watch circle.
The heading exceeded the limit of the
Anchor watch – Ship heading
slewing watch.
3032 beyond the limit. Steer your
 Steer the ship so that the heading could
ship within it.
go back to the limit.
The look-ahead area has crossed a No-go
Cross NoGo-Line –
3035 line.
Approaching a NoGo-Line.
 Pay attention to the No-go line.

The look-ahead area has crossed a No-go

Cross NoGo-Area –
3035 area.
Approaching a NoGo-Area.
 Pay attention to the No-go area.

- 268 -
 ID Alert Name Cause / How to Deal with
Cross hazard – Approaching The look-ahead area has crossed a
3035 a navigational hazard. Steer navigational hazard.
your ship to a safe area.  Pay attention to the hazard.
The look-ahead area has crossed a
Cross boundary –
prohibited area or an area with special
3035 Approaching a boundary.
condition.
Steer your ship to a safe area.
 Pay attention to the area.
The look-ahead area has crossed a No-go
Cross NoGo-Line –
3036 line.
Approaching a NoGo-Line.
 Pay attention to the No-go line.

The look-ahead area has crossed a No-go

Cross NoGo-Area –
3036 area.
Approaching a NoGo-Area.
 Pay attention to the No-go area.

Cross hazard – Approaching The look-ahead area has crossed a

3036 a navigational hazard. Steer navigational hazard.
your ship to a safe area.  Pay attention to the hazard.
The look-ahead area has crossed a
Cross boundary –
prohibited area or an area with special
3036 Approaching a boundary.
condition.
Steer your ship to a safe area.
 Pay attention to the area.
Approach CPT – Approaching You are getting close to a critical point.
3038
a Critical Point <CPT.No>  Pay attention to the CPT.
AIS display max – The The reported AIS targets have reached the
reported AIS targets have maximum number.
3042
reached the maximum  Just an information message. Pay
number. attention to targets behavior.
TT display max – The The reported tracked targets have reached
reported tracked targets have the maximum number.
3042
reached the maximum  Just an information message. Pay
number. attention to targets behavior.
The number of the reported AIS targets has
AIS reach 95% – The
exceeded 95% of the maximum display
reported AIS targets have
3043 number.
exceeded 95% of the
 Just an information message. Pay
capacity.
attention to targets behavior.
The number of the reported tracked targets
TT reach 95% – The reported
has exceeded 95% of the maximum display
tracked targets have
3043 number.
exceeded 95% of the
 Just an information message. Pay
capacity.
attention to targets behavior.
Disk drive fault – Disk drive Disk drive error.
3062
error. Re-start the system.  Restart the system.

- 269 -
 ID Alert Name Cause / How to Deal with
Alarm unit fault – Alarm unit Alarm unit error.
3062
error. Re-start the system.  Restart the system.
Operation panel error.
Op.Panel fault – Operation  Restart the system, or
3063
panel error. Use a mouse.  Use a mouse instead of the operation
panel.
LCD fault – LCD connection LCD connection error.
3063
error. Re-start system.  Restart the system.
PCU fault – Pilot Control Unit Pilot control unit error.
3063
error.  Restart the system.
The CPU fan has stopped.
CPU fan fault – CPU fan
 Shut down the system to cool down, and
3063 stopped. Shut down the
then restart the system 5 or more
system and cool down.
minutes later.
CPU temperature fault – CPU The CPU temperature has exceeded 90°.
temperature has exceeded  Shut down the system and cool down,
3063
90°. Shut down the system and then restart the system 5 or more
and cool down. minutes later.
Radar fault – Radar unit error. Radar unit error.
3063
Re-start system.  Restart the system.
Power fan fault – Power The system fan has stopped.
supply fan stopped. Shut  Shut down the system and cool down,
3063
down the system and cool and then restart the system 5 or more
down. minutes later.
Disk space fault – Not enough Running short of disk space.
disk space. Move backup files  Move some of your data files to another
3063
to an external storage storage memory to free up some disk
memory. space.

- 270 -
20.5.2 Indication with Information Message

Message Cause / How to Deal with

SSE 25
Viewer – “The permit for ENC<cell The cell permit of the active chart has
name> has expired. This cell may be expired. Contact your ENC supplier to get
out of date and MUST NOT be used for a new one.
Primary NAVIGATION”.
SSE 27
ENC is not up to date. A New Edition, The cell has not been reissued or updated
Re-issue or Update for this cell is yet. Contact your ENC supplier to get a
missing and therefore MUST NOT be new one or update the cell.
used for Primary NAVIGATION
No ENC available. Refer to paper There is no ENC available in the area.
charts. Refer to paper charts.
This cell is not up to date and should not
Update the chart.
be used for navigation.
There are different NEC cells which cover
the same sea area installed on your
This cell is overlapped with other cell.
ECDIS. The chart cell you installed later is
displayed on the top.
Target Filter is ON! Range:<range>NM, The targets' display area is limited while
Min Speed:<min speed>kn the target filter is applied.
Virtual AIS AtoN symbols display is
Virtual AIS AtoN symbols are turned off.
disabled!
Physical AIS AtoN symbols display is
Physical AIS AtoN symbols are turned off.
disabled!
Display Not Real Time: Display is based A period not including "today" is set as the
on viewing date <days>. date dependent object setting.

Display Not Real Time: Display is based

One day not including "today" is set as the
on viewing date range from <start date>
date dependent object setting.
to <end date>.

- 271 -
 Message Cause / How to Deal with
Position offset is applied and you see the
<LAT> | <LON>
offset value.
Some of the chart objects contained in the
standard display are removed by
Information categories included in the
customizing them. You should make sure
Standard Display are removed.
what objects are removed and pay
attention to them.
You cannot start track control because
- The own ship parameter is invalid,
- Autopilot is unavailable,
Unable to start track control.
- The XTD is exceeded the limit,
- The “CRS diff” is exceeded the limit, or
- ROT is exceeded the limit.

20.5.3 Start-up, Power supply

 ECDIS would not start

ECDIS may not start at -15 degrees Celsius or less in the bridge. Restart ECDIS
following the procedure below.

Wait for a few minutes Turn off the power

Turn it on to
with the power switch switch and wait for
restart ECDIS
turned on. another 10
seconds.
 “DC power fail” alert

ECDIS adopts AC and DC as power sources. AC is usually used for ECDIS working and
DC is for backup in case of blackout or ECDIS failure. This alert occurs as a caution
when DC power is not supplied. Data will not be backed up even though ECDIS
continues to work.
When it happens, turn off both ECDIS power switch and AC and DC breakers. Check
the DC power source on the ship to see which part is wrong if possible. When no error is
detected, start ECDIS again.

 Blackout

When blackout occurs while ECDIS is working, “AC power fail” is generated and the
system will shut down in set time. When the AC power restores before the system
shutdown, you will be able to operate it as usual.
If both “[3023] AC power fail” and [3023] DC power fail” happen, the system will shut
down in one minute.

- 272 -
 [3022] AC power fail – System
Set time
Failure or reduction in AC shut-down
power supply. ECDIS Countdown for
15 sec.
works normally for set min. system shutdown

With DC 24V,

[3023] AC power fail – Abnormal voltage in

ECDIS will work as usual.
AC power supply. Check power supply.

Without DC 24V,

[3023] AC power fail – Abnormal voltage in

AC power supply. Check power supply. System
1 minute
shut-down
[3023] DC power fail - Abnormal voltage in
DC power supply. Check battery.

NOTE Even if the system suddenly stops or blackout happens, the system can keep
the data you created, so you do not have to worry about it.

20.5.4 Screen Display

 Nothing is displayed on the screen

The brightness might be set to dark. Change it to brighter.

 No change on the screen and no operations effective.

The system may be frozen. Restart the system.

20.5.5 Chart
 Charts won’t be displayed.

- No charts which are suitable for the current scale might be on the system. Change
the scale.
- Charts which cover the current sea area might not be installed on the system.
- Check if you have cell permits or if they expire.

- 273 -
 Chart objects won’t be displayed.

When you don’t have a cell permit of the chart, chart objects are not displayed. Check if
cell permits are successfully installed.

 ENC won’t be installed / Updates won’t be applied.

- For AVCS ENC, you need to load “iho.crt” before the chart installation.
- When a chart supplier is different between charts, updates and cell permits, you are
not allowed to install ENC. You need to use them which are from the same supplier.
- Each ECDIS has its own user permit, and it is necessary to purchase charts. You
cannot install cell permits which you bought for another ECDIS.

 Error Messages Beginning with “SSE”

You might see error messages beginning with “SSE” in installing cell permits or charts,
or updating charts. Here are the messages and measures.

Error Code Message Cause & How to Deal with

SA Digital Certificate (X509) The system did not find “iho.crt” which is
file is not available. A valid a SA digital certificate.
SSE 05 certificate can be obtained  Download the latest “iho.crt” from the
from the IHO website or IHO website to load it to the system, or
your data supplier. load it from your chart media.

The SA Signed Data Server

Certificate is invalid. The SA
may have issued a new “Iho.crt” which is a SA digital certificate
public key or the ENC may is invalid.
SSE 06 originate from another  Download the latest “iho.crt” from the
service. A new SA public IHO website to load it to the system, or
key can be obtained from load it from your chart media.
the IHO website or from
your data supplier.

SA Digital Certificate (X509) “Iho.crt” which is a SA digital certificate

file incorrect format. A valid is not correct.
SSE 08 certificate can be obtained  Download the latest “iho.crt” from the
from the IHO website or IHO website to load it to the system, or
your data supplier load it from your chart media.

The ENC signature is invalid or not

qualified.
SSE 09 ENC Signature is invalid
 Contact your data supplier to get a
correct one.

- 274 -
Error Code Message Cause & How to Deal with
The chart media contains some charts
Permits not available for this whose permits you have not gotten yet.
Data Server. Contact your
SSE 10
data supplier to obtain the  You do not have to worry about this
correct permits. message. The chart installation will be
properly practicable.

Cell Permit file not found. Cell permits are not found.
SSE 11 Load the permit file provided  Install cell permits first, and then
by the data supplier. install chart data.

Cell Permit format is The cell permits which have been

incorrect. Contact your data already installed are not correct.
SSE 12
supplier and obtain a new  Contact your data supplier to get a
permit file. correct one.

Cell Permit is invalid The cell permits which have been

(checksum is incorrect). already installed are invalid.
SSE 13
Contact your data supplier  Contact your data supplier to get new
and obtain a new permit file. ones.

The cell permits of some charts have

expired.
Subscription service has  You are allowed to install charts, but
expired. Please contact your when you try to display charts whose
SSE 15
data supplier to renew the cell permits have expired, a message
subscription licence saying that it is not suitable for the
navigation. Contact your data supplier
to get new cell permits.

ENC CRC value is incorrect. ENC data might be corrupted or missing

Contact your data supplier data.
SSE 16
as ENC(s) may be  Contact your data supplier to get a
corrupted or missing data. correct one.

Subscription service will Your ENC cell permits will expire in less
expire in less than 30 days. than 30 days.
SSE 20 Please contact your data
supplier to renew the  Contact your ENC supplier to renew
subscription licence your cell permits.

Decryption failed no valid

cell permit found. Permits The cell permits you tried to install may
may be for another system not be for your ECDIS.
SSE 21 or new permits may be  Install the correct cell permits.
required, please contact  Contact your ENC supplier to get
your supplier to obtain a new cell permits.
new licence

- 275 -
 Error Code Message Cause & How to Deal with

SA Digital Certificate (X509) “Iho.crt”, which is a SA digital certificate,

has expired. A new SA has expired.
SSE 22 public key can be obtained  Download the latest “iho.crt” from the
from the IHO website or IHO website to load it to the system, or
from your data supplier. load it from your chart media.

Chart update is supposed to be applied

Non sequential update, sequentially, but the previous update
previous update(s) missing data is missing on your ECDIS. This
try reloading from the base happened because you did not update
SSE 23 for long.
media. If the problem
persists contact your data  Update charts sequentially.
supplier.  Install the latest base chart and then
apply the latest updates.

The ENC signature is in correct or not

ENC Signature format qualified.
SSE 24 incorrect, contact your data
supplier  Contact your ENC supplier to get
correct data.
Viewer – “The permit for
ENC<cell name> has The cell permit of the active chart has
expired. This cell may be expired.
SSE 25
out of date and MUST NOT  Contact your ENC supplier to get a
be used for Primary new one.
NAVIGATION”.

The old type of the digital certificate

This ENC is not “primar.crt” may be installed instead of
authenticated by the IHO “iho.crt”. Or either of them might be not
SSE 26 authenticated.
acting as the Scheme
Administrator  Load the qualified “iho.crt” and install
the official ENC and cell permits.

ENC is not up to date. A

New Edition, Re-issue or The cell has not been reissued or
Update for this cell is updated yet.
SSE 27
missing and therefore  Contact your ENC supplier to get a
MUST NOT be used for new one or update the cell.
Primary NAVIGATION

20.5.6 Others
 TTs won’t be shown

- Check if Radar has already acquired targets.

- Check the target display range

- 276 -
 AIS targets won’t be shown

- When the position sensor is invalid (=the sensor information is indicated in orange),
AIS targets are not shown.
- Check the target display range.

 Radar images won’t be shown

Check if the correct Radar number (No.1 or No.2) is chosen.

 A network-connected Instrument such as the other ECDIS or remote ECS is not

recognized. Check the network condition. See “20.1.3 Network-connected Systems”

20.6 Warranty

 Warranty Period

For 12 months after ECDIS delivery

 Repairs and Warranty Information

We will repair damage, breakdown or poor functioning that we think is clearly caused by
our design, development, manufacture or materials.

The following cases are not contained in the warranty.

- Trouble or failure caused by inappropriate operation, improper dealing or wrong
maintenance
- Parts altered by users without permission from Tokyo Keiki and troubles caused by them
- Secondary damage happened by system trouble
- Inevitable damage and accidents by earthquake, fire, etc.

 Service Parts

We will hold ECDIS service parts for 10 years after we stop manufacturing this series of
ECDIS.
EC-9000 Series
Average Life
Parts Qty
(Recommended Time to Replace)
Display unit 1 5 years
Processor box 1 5 years
Power box 1 8 years
UPS (optional extra) 1 3 years

- 277 -
EC-8000 Series
Average Life
Parts Qty
(Recommended Time to Replace)
LCD 1 5 years
CPU fan 1 5 years
SSD (for system & data) 1 5 years
DVD drive 1 5 years
Button battery with a cable 1 5 years
Non-stop power supply 1 10 years
Filter (fixed in front of the control unit) 1 5 years

- 278 -
Chapter 21 Specifications

21.1 Standards .................................................................................... 280

21.2 Main Specifications...................................................................... 282
21.2.1 EC-9000 Series ............................................................. 282
21.2.2 EC-8000 Series ............................................................. 288
21.2.3 Common to EC-9000 Series and EC-8000 Series ......... 294

- 279 -
21.1 Standards

Tokyo Keiki ECDIS is developed based on the international standards below.

See https://iho.int/en/standards-and-specifications.

 IMO Resolution MSC232 (82)

Adoption of the revised performance standards for electronic chart display and
information systems (ECDIS)

 IMO Resolution MSC302 (87)

Adoption of performance standards for bridge alert management

 IEC 61174 Ed.4 (2015)

Electronic chart display and information system (ECDIS) –Operational and
performance requirements, methods of testing and required test results

 IEC 62288 Ed.2 (2014)

Maritime navigation and radiocommunication equipment and systems –
Presentation of navigation-related information on shipborne navigational displays –
General requirements, methods of testing and required test results

 IEC 61162-1 Ed.5 (2016)

Maritime navigation and radiocommunication equipment and systems –Digital
interfaces –Part1: Single talker and multiple listeners

 IEC 61162-2 Ed.1 (1998)

Maritime navigation and radiocommunication equipment and systems –Digital
interfaces –Part2: Single talker and multiple listeners, high-speed transmission

 IEC 61162-450 Ed.2 (2018)

Maritime navigation and radiocommunication equipment and systems –Digital
interfaces –Part 450: Multiple talkers and multiple listeners –Light-weight ship
systems interconnection

 IEC 60945 Ed.4 (2002)

Maritime navigation and radiocommunication equipment and systems –General
requirements –Methods of testing and required test results

 IEC 61924-2 Ed.1 (2012)

Maritime navigation and radiocommunication equipment and systems –Integrated
Navigation Systems –Part2: Modular structure for INS –Operation and
performance requirements, methods of testing and required test results

- 280 -
 IEC 62388 Ed.2 (2013)
Maritime navigation and radiocommunication equipment and systems –Shipborne
radar –Performance requirements, methods of testing and required test results

 IEC 61996-1 Ed.2 (2013)

Maritime navigation and radiocommunication equipment and systems - Shipborne
voyage data recorder (VDR) - Part 1: Performance requirements, methods of
testing and required test results

 IEC 62923-1 Ed.1 (2018)

Maritime navigation and radiocommunication equipment and systems - Bridge alert
management - Part 1: Operational and performance requirements, methods of
testing and required test results

 IEC62923-2 Ed.1 (2018)

Maritime navigation and radiocommunication equipment and systems - Bridge alert
management - Part 2: Alert and cluster identifiers and other additional features

 IHO S-52 Ed.6.1 ( Annex A Presentation Library 4.0)

Specifications for chart content and display aspects for ECDIS

 IHO S-57 Ed.3.1 (2000)

Transfer standard for digital hydrographic data

 IHO S-61 (1999)

Product specification for raster navigational charts (RNC)

 IHO S-63 Ed.1.2 (‘2015)

Data protection scheme

 IHO S-64 Ed.3.0 (2015)

Test data set for ECDIS

 IHO S-4 Part B

Regulations for International (INT) Charts and Chart Specifications of the IHO –
B-122 International Abbreviations

 ITU-R M.1371-1
Technical characteristics for a universal shipborne automatic identification system
using time division multiple access in the VHF maritime mobile band

- 281 -
21.2 Main Specifications

21.2.1 EC-9000 Series

 Operating System

OS Microsoft Windows 10 Iot Enterprise LTSC

CPU Intel Core i5 3.5GHz

Memory DDR4 8GB

SSD 256GB
Storage
(UWF protected)

 Network
1000BASE-T, LAN Adaptor x2
Unit connection IP 192. 168. 100. *
External connection IP 172.*.*.*

LAN adaptor ............... x2 (IEEE 802.3x flow control)

Cable: CAT5, max 100m
Datagram required for the destination .... 1.0Mb/s

 Category of Related System

Environmental Test Standard

IEC60945 Ed.4, Protected
Ingress Protection
IP20
TCS
Based on IEC62065 Ed.2 Category C (when connected with TOKYO KEIKI Autopilot
PR-6000/9000 series)
Backup ECDIS
Based on IEC61174 Ed.4 Annex F when a ship is equipped with 2 ECDIS. Ships with
only one ECDIS should carry paper charts.

 System Configuration
LCD, control unit (x1), IF unit (x1) and Alarm unit (x1)

- 282 -
 Display Unit

EC-9019 EC-9024 EC-9027

LCD 19 inches 24 inches 27 inches
Effective display
376 × 301 mm 531 × 299 mm 598 × 336 mm
range

SXGA Full HD Full HD

Resolution
1280 × 1024 dots 1920 × 1080 dots 1920 × 1080 dots
Dot pitch 0.294 mm 0.277 mm 0.311 mm
Display color Max. 16.7milion colors (Depending on a graphics card)

 LCD
This ECDIS adopts a touch panel LCD. Possible to operate by tapping the screen.

 Control Unit
The control unit is composed of a processor box which contains a CPU board and an
SSD, and a power box which has a power source and a switching hub. The single SSD
and the processor box can be easily removed from the system, so users can replace
parts for the purpose of a repair.

 Alarm Unit
There are a power switch, a speaker, alert acknowledge button, an item selection
button, an alert silence button, USB ports, EBL and VRM dials on the alarm unit.

 Interface Unit
It consists of a Radar IF card and a serial IF card, and it receives information from GPS,
gyrocompass, speed log, AIS, Radar, etc.

- 283 -
 <ECDIS EC-9000>

Position sensor No.1 Port 5

Position sensor No.2 Port 12

Speed log Port 7

Port 6 Heading sensor No.1
Radar TT / No.1 Port 9
Reserved Heading sensor No.2
Radar TT / No.2 Port 10

Port 1 Autopilot (HCS)

AIS Port 2

Echo sounder Port 8

Reserved BNWAS (option)
Anemometer Port 11

ECDIS
EC-9000
NAVTEX (option) Reserved

Reserved CAM system (option)

Revolution counter
Reserved
(option)
EXT LAN VDR

Backup ECDIS
Unit LAN
(option)

Remote ECS
(maximum 6 units),
etc. (option)
Digital repeater HC-01
Reserved
(option)

- 284 -
The serial IF card has a LAN interface and 13-channel serial communication ports and
digital IO ports.

Port Assignment (serial communication : RS-422)

Port Tx (Transmit) /
Connect to
Number Rx (Receive)
Port 1 Tx/Rx Autopilot (HCS)
Port 2 Tx/Rx AIS
Port 3 Tx/Rx Reserved
Port 4 Tx/Rx Reserved
Port 5 Rx No.1 position sensor
Port 6 Rx No.1 heading sensor
Port 7 Rx Speed log
Port 8 Rx Echo sounder
Port 9 Rx No.1 Radar / TT
Port 10 Rx No.2 Radar / TT
Port 11 Rx Anemometer
Port 12 Rx No.2 position sensor
Port 13 Rx Reserved

Port Assignment (digital IO ports : Dry Contact)

Port
Input / Output Connect to
Number
Port 1 Output1 BNWAS reset
Port 2 Output2 Backup Navigator
Port 3 Output3 Reserved
Port 4 Input1 Reserved

- 285 -
There are 2 LAN ports on the ECDIS control unit. One is connected to external devices
such as VDR and the other is connected to a switching hub which has 5 ports. The
following figure shows what kind of devices is connected to through the switching hub.
It has 5 ports. One (1 & 1’) is conne
cted to the ECDIS processer box, another (2 & 3) to
the interface unit. Another (4 & 4’) is connected between main ECDIS and backup
ECDIS. The other ports (5 and 5’) when equipped with backup ECDIS are connected to
any one of Extension HUB (option), Extension Interface unit (option), CAM system,
remote ECS(s).

ECDIS EC-9000
Main ECDIS Backup ECDIS
IF Unit Control unit Control unit IF Unit
2,3 Switching 4 4 Switching 2,3
Serial IF Serial IF
Card hub hub Card

5 5
Radar IF Radar IF
Card Card

Extension HUB (option), Extension Interface unit (option),

CAM system, Remote ECS (6 units at max.), etc.

- 286 -
Port Assignment of Switching Hub in the Control Unit
Connect Connect
to Main ECDIS to Backup ECDIS
Ports Ports
1 Processer box 1 Processer box

2 Serial IF card 2 Serial IF card

3 Radar IF card 3 Radar IF card

4 Backup ECDIS 4 Main ECDIS

Any one of Extension HUB
Any one of Extension HUB
(option), Extension
(option), Extension Interface
Interface unit (option),
5 unit (option), CAM system, 5
CAM system, Remote
Remote ECS (6 units at
ECS (6 units at max.),
max.), etc.
etc.

 Sound

Alarm
Three short beeps repeat every 7 seconds.
1900Hz (300msec) + 0Hz (300msec) + 1900Hz (300msec) + 0Hz (300msec) + 1900Hz
(300msec) + 0Hz (5500msec)
Warning
Two short beeps repeat every 60 seconds.
1900Hz (300msec) + 0Hz (300msec) + 1900Hz (300msec) + 0Hz (300msec)
Shutdown
A short beep repeats until the system completely shuts down.
1000Hz (100msec) + 0Hz (900msec) + 1000Hz (100msec) + 0Hz (900msec) + 1000Hz
(100msec) + 0Hz (900msec) …
Operation
Single sound
500Hz (300msec)

- 287 -
21.2.2 EC-8000 Series
 Operating System

OS Microsoft Windows 10 Iot Enterprise LTSC

CPU Intel Core i5 3.3GHz

Memory DDR4 SO-DIMM 8GB

System drive SSD 256GB

Data drive (UWF protected)

 Network
1000BASE-T, LAN Adaptor x2
Unit connection IP....... 192. 168. 1. 100-105 (192. 168. 100. 100-105)
VDR connection IP ..... 176.*.*.*
LAN adaptor ............... x2 (IEEE 802.3x flow control)
Cable: CAT5, max 100m
Unit connection IP....... 192. 168. 1. 100-105
IP ................................ 172.*.*.* (IEC61162-450 Ed.1, IEC61162-450 AMD1 compliant)
Datagram required for the destination .... 1.0Mb/s
NOTE: When connecting to EC-9000 series hardware, the Unit connection IP address
will be 192.168.100.100-105.

 Category of Related System

Environmental Test Standard

IEC60945 Ed.4, Protected
Ingress Protection
IP20
TCS
Based on IEC62065 Ed.2 Category C (when connected with TOKYO KEIKI Autopilot
PR-6000/9000 series)
Backup ECDIS
Based on IEC61174 Ed.4 Annex F when a ship is equipped with 2 ECDIS. Ships with
only one ECDIS should carry paper charts.

 System Configuration
LCD (x1 or x2), Radar overlay unit (x1), control unit (x1), serial I/F unit (x1) and
operation unit (x1)

- 288 -
 Display Unit

EC-81xx EC-86xx
LCD 19 inches 26 inches
Effective display range 376 × 301mm 550 × 343mm
Resolution SXGA (1280 × 1024dots) WUXGA (1920 × 1200 dots)
Dot pitch 0.294 mm 0.287 mm
LCD type TFT active matrix
Display color Max. 16.7milion colors (Depending on a graphics card)

 Radar Overlay Unit

Radar images are overlaid through a video signal (HDMI/DVI) which is output from the
control unit, and controlled through an internal LAN, which uses a different subnet from
backup ECDIS and remote ECS. If the graphic board is damaged, images other than
Radar images are displayed by the loop through communication. The echo trail
function is available.

 Control Unit
An SSD is adopted that the system drive is assigned to the C-drive (C:) for a
write-protect function and the data drive is assigned to the D-drive (D:). 4 USB ports
are available (extended by hub, another 5V power supplied separately).

 Operation Unit
Users operate the system through the operation panel.

 Serial Interface Unit

Serial communication and LAN connection between ECDIS, sensors, and other
instruments are as follows. (ECDIS and BAM compliant)

- 289 -
 <ECDIS EC-8100/8600>

Position sensor No.1 COM 5

Position sensor No.2 COM 12

Speed log COM 7

COM 6 Heading sensor No.1
Radar TT / No.1 COM 9
COM 18 Heading sensor No.2
Radar TT / No.2 COM10

COM 17 Autopilot (HCS)

AIS COM 19

Echo sounder COM 8

COM 21-24 BNWAS (option)
Anemometer COM 11

ECDIS
EC-8000
NAVTEX (option) COM 13

Revolution counter
COM 14
(option)
COM 20 CAM system (option)
Engine telegraph
COM 15
(option)
LAN 2 VDR
Meteoro. Graph
COM 16
(option)
Backup ECDIS
LAN 1
Digital repeater HC-01 (option)
COM 21-24
(option)
Remote ECS
Radar-inter switch COM 21-24 (maximum 3 units),
(option) Sensor I/F unit,
Bridge monitor
Thruster (option) COM 21-24
BM-8x00, etc.
Actual rudder angle COM 21-24
(option)
indicator (option)

- 290 -
The serial interface unit has USB interface and 16-channel serial communication ports.
4-port serial communication is available by adding an optional USIF PWB.

Port Assignment
COM Tx (Transmit) /
Connect to
Number Rx (Receive)
COM 1 Tx/Rx -
COM 2 Tx/Rx Operation unit
COM 3 Tx/Rx -
COM 4 Tx/Rx -
COM 5 Rx No.1 position sensor
COM 6 Rx No.1 heading sensor
COM 7 Rx Speed log
COM 8 Rx Echo sounder
COM 9 Rx No.1 Radar / TT
COM10 Rx No.2 Radar / TT
COM 11 Rx Anemometer
COM 12 Rx No.2 position sensor
COM 13 Rx NAVTEX
COM 14 Rx Revolution counter
COM 15 Rx Engine telegraph
COM 16 Rx Meteorological graph
COM 17 Tx/Rx Autopilot (HCS)
COM 18 (Tx)/Rx No.2 heading sensor
COM 19 (Tx)/Rx AIS
COM 20 Tx/(Rx) CAM system
COM 21 Tx/Rx Optional 4 ports (USIF PWB)
COM 22 Tx/Rx
Reserved (for Digital repeater HC-01, BNWAS, Gyro
COM 23 Tx/Rx distribution unit DGC-80, Radar inter-switch, thruster,
COM 24 Tx/Rx actual rudder angle indicator, etc.)

* COM 17 –20 (Ports 13 –16) are originally for both “transmit and receive” but some of
them are used as either Tx or Rx.
* COM 21 –24 (Ports 17 –20) are on the USIF PWB (universal serial interface PWB).
* (Tx) and (Rx) mean non-use.

- 291 -
There are 2 LAN ports on the ECDIS control unit. One is connected to VDR and the
other is connected to a switching hub which has 5 ports in the ECDIS serial I/F unit.
The following figure shows what kind of devices is connected to through the switching
hub. It has 5 ports. One (1 & 1’
) is connected to the ECDIS control unit ACU-001,
another (2 & 2’
) to Radar overlay unit. Another (3 & 3’
) is connected between main
ECDIS and backup ECDIS. The other 2 ports (4 & 5) or 4 ports (4, 4’
, 5 and 5’
) when
equipped with backup ECDIS are connected to any one of BNWAS, CAM system, Gyro
distribution unit DGC-80, remote ECS(s), Radar inter-switch, thruster, actual rudder
angle indicator, etc.

ECDIS EC-8100/8600
Main ECDIS Backup ECDIS
Serial I/F unit Serial I/F unit
Radar 2 3 3´ 2´ Radar
Switching Switching
overlay unit overlay unit
hub hub

1 4 5 4´ 5´ 1´

Control unit Control unit

ACU-001 ACU-001

Sensor I/F unit, remote ECS (6 units at max.), etc.

Port Assignment of Switching Hub in the Serial I/F Unit

Connect Connect
to Main ECDIS to Backup ECDIS
Ports Ports
1 Control unit 1´ Control unit
2 Radar overlay unit 2´ Radar overlay unit
3 Backup ECDIS 3´ Main ECDIS

4 4´
Sensor I/F unit, remote Sensor I/F unit, remote
ECS (6 units at max.), etc. ECS (6 units at max.), etc.
5 5´

- 292 -
Digital Input/Output
I/O Port Number Signal
1 Radar No.1/No.2 selection signal
2 Watch timer 1
Output
3 Backup navigator
4 Reserved (Anchor watch)
1 AC power low voltage alarm (Used inside the control unit)
2 DC power fail alarm (Used inside the control unit)
Input
3 FAN-alarm (Used inside the control unit)
4 Reserved (Buzzer stop)
101 AC power low voltage alarm
102 DC power fail alarm
103 Off track
104 Planned route deviation
105 Pre-warning of AWP
Output 106 Position fixed alarm
(option) 107 Sensor alarm
108 TC stopped
109 Grounding alarm
110 Buzzer stopped
111 Anchor watch
112 Central alarm
* Port number 101 to 112 are all dry contact.

 Sound

Alarm
Three short beeps repeat every 7 seconds.
2750Hz (300msec) + 0Hz (300msec) + 2750Hz (300msec) + 0Hz (300msec) + 2750Hz
(300msec) + 0Hz (5500msec)
Warning
Two short beeps repeat every 60 seconds.
2750Hz (300msec) + 0Hz (300msec) + 2750Hz (300msec) + 0Hz (300msec)
Attention
Three short beeps as an indication with message when the own ship gets close to a
WOL.
2750Hz (100msec) + 0Hz (100msec) + 2750Hz (100msec) + 0Hz (100msec) + 2750Hz
(100msec) + 0Hz (100msec)

- 293 -
Shutdown
A short beep repeats until the system completely shuts down.
4445Hz (100msec) + 0Hz (900msec) + 4445Hz (100msec) + 0Hz (900msec) …
Operation
Single sound
4445Hz (300msec)

21.2.3 Common to EC-9000 Series and EC-8000 Series

 Display Mode

Chart object display

Base display, standard display, all object display, customized display
Chart orientation
North up, course up, route up
Motion
True, relative
Vector stabilization
Sea, ground

 Chart

Chart type
ENC IHO S-57 Edition 3.1
Encryption
Based on IHO S-63 Ed 1.0 to 1.2
Projection
Mercator projection
Effective projection range
Below latitude 85 degrees
Chart medium
CD/DVD

 Position (ECDIS  Position sensor)

Position sensor
GNSS, GPS, DGPS, Galileo, BeiDou, GLONASS, IRNSS, QZSS (Up to two position
sensors available)
Dead reckoning
Dead reckoning position calculation based on signals from Gyrocompass or speed log

- 294 -
Filter
Designed as measures for a position jump by a position sensor or for noise.
Communication protocol
Based on IEC61162-1 Ed.1 to Ed.5.
Position .............. GNS, GGA, RMC, GLL
SOG, COG ......... VTG, RMC
Date and time .... ZDA
Datum ................ DTM
Communication data
Position (Lat, Lon), speed over ground, course over ground, date & time, datum

 Heading (ECDIS  Heading sensor)

Heading sensor
Gyrocompass (Up to two heading sensors available.), magnetic compass
Communication protocol
Based on IEC61162-1 Ed.1 to Ed.5, IEC61162-2 Ed.1
Heading ............. THS or HDT, HCR, HDG, STX, TKM
Turn rate ............ ROT
Communication data
Heading, rate of turn, heading correction report

 Speed (ECDIS  Speed sensor)

Speed sensor
Speed log (single axis or double axis)
Communication protocol
Based on IEC61162-1 Ed.1 to Ed.5
Sentence ........... VBW, VLW
Communication data
Speed through water, speed over ground (only with dual axis log), total distance

 Depth (ECDIS  Echo sounder)

Communication protocol
Based on IEC61162-1 Ed.1 to Ed.5
Sentence ........... DPT, DBT
Communication data
UKC

- 295 -
 Wind (ECDIS  Anemometer)

Communication protocol
Based on IEC61162-1 Ed.1 to Ed.5
Sentence ........... MWV, MWD
Communication data
Wind speed and direction (True or Relative)

 Propeller Shaft Revolution (ECDIS  Propeller shaft revolution meter)

Communication protocol
Based on IEC61162-1 Ed.1 to Ed.5
Sentence ........... RPM
Communication data
Number of propeller shaft or engine revolution, number of shaft center, propeller angle

 Autopilot (ECDIS  Autopilot)

Except for track control.
Communication protocol
Based on IEC61162-1 Ed.4, Ed.5
Set heading. Steering mode, rudder limit ........ HTD
Rudder order .................................................. ROR
Actual rudder .................................................. RSA

 NAVTEX (ECDIS  NAVTEX receiver)

Communication protocol
Based on IEC61162-1 Ed.1 to Ed.5
Sentence ........... NRX
Communication data
NAVTEX messages

 BNWAS (ECDIS  BNWAS)

Communication protocol
Based on IEC 61162-1 Ed.4, Ed.5.
Sentence ........... EVE
Dry contact

- 296 -
 CAM System (ECDIS  CAM system)

Communication protocol
Based on IEC 61162-1 Ed.4, Ed.5.
Sentence ........... ALF, ARC, ALC, HBT, CAN

 VDR (ECDIS  VDR)

Via LAN
Communication protocol
Based on IEC61162-450 Ed.2
Communication data
Current ECDIS screen image (.png), Sent every 15 seconds
Chart info. (Cell name, edition and update number of an active chart, Sent whenever
the active chart changes.)

 Route Transfer

Communication protocol
Based on IEC61162-450 Ed.2
Sentence ........... RRT (IEC61174 Ed.4 compliant), ALF, ARC, ALC, HBT, CAN (which
will be included in the new IEC61162-1)
Route format ...... XML (IEC61174 Ed.4 compliant)

- 297 -
 Measuring Objects, Indicating Pointer

Cursor
Pointer position (LAT/LON), bearing and distance from an own ship position
EBL
2 electronic bearing lines (Indication of true/relative direction from an own ship position
or an arbitrary position.)
VRM
2 variable range markers (Distance (nm, m) from an own ship position or an arbitrary
position.)
Parallel Lines
4 parallel lines at maximum available.

 Route Planning
Routes are planned specifying a waypoint position directly on a chart or entering
waypoint data in a route table in the plan mode. Waypoints are created/modified
simultaneously both on the chart and in the route table.
Route-check, which means a safety check and detects danger included in a XTD limit,
is automatically carried out while creating/modifying a route. When objects you should
pay attention to are detected as a result of the route-check, they are highlighted.

Input method
On-screen planning, numeral input
Route modification
Route name, adding/deleting/moving waypoints, waypoint attribute, XTD limit
Navigation
Rhumb line sailing, great circle sailing
Number of registrable routes, Number of making waypoints
No limit
Route name
30 alphanumeric characters (max.)
Route table
Waypoints are entered/modified as well as displayed as a waypoint list.
Displayed item ........... rout name, waypoint number, waypoint name, waypoint position,
turn radius, reach, rate of turn, XTD limit, planned ship speed,
RL/GC, leg course, distance between waypoints, total distance,
critical point, ETA

- 298 -
 Route Monitoring
Geometrically fixed hazard, TT, AIS targets, and radar image are overlaid on a chart
following the own ship movement. The system monitors their movement and the
movement of floating hazards, and generates alerts if needed. Information necessary
for situation awareness is provided to OOW in order to contribute to the safe
navigation.

Alert is provided in the following cases:

- When the own ship look-ahead area crosses a safety contour, safety depth,
restricted area, geometrically fixed hazard, no-go line/area, etc.
- When XTD exceeds the limit.
- When the own ship gets into an area where is set time/distance away to a critical
point.
- When the own ship gets close to TO-waypoint or the last waypoint
- When a start point specified by a user is not practicable for maneuvering.

 Navigation Record
Storage period ............ Logged 100 days
System data ................ Logged every 10 seconds
Time, position, heading, STW, COG, SOG, UKC, wind direction,
wind speed
Autopilot control info. .. Logged every 10 seconds
Steering mode, set heading, rudder order, actual rudder
Targets ........................ Logged every 10 seconds
TT, activated AIS targets
Chart and position offset info. ....... Logged every 10 seconds or when data changes.
Chart info, position offset info, active route
Active route................. Active route name, to-waypoint, leg course, XTD
Generated alerts ......... Alert ID, alert text, time, alert source, priority, action
System info. ................ Logged whenever an event happens.
Event, time
LOP ............................ Logged whenever an event happens.
Event, time, messages
Route transfer ............. Logged whenever an event happens.
Transfer source, route name, transfer result

- 299 -
 User Chart
User chart means navigational note, which includes marks, texts, lines, areas and
remarks, and no-go line/area. When the own ship look-ahead area crosses a no-go
line/area, an alert is generated. User chart and no-go line/area data is eternally
displayed whenever a chart which covers user chart or no-go line/area data is
displayed as an active chart.
Number of registrable objects
No limit.

 Radar Overlay

Radar signal
Video signal, trigger signal, heading signal, antenna pulse signal
Connectable Radar
Tokyo Keiki BR series, others produced by other manufacturers
Number of connectable Radar
2

 Tracked Target (ECDIS  Radar)

Number of connectable signal for TT information

2 channels
Number of displaying tracked target
100
Communication protocol
Based on IEC61162-1 Ed.1 to Ed.5.
TT .......................................................... TTD or TTM, TLB
Radar system data and own ship data ... RSD, OSD

An identified target between a tracked target (TT) and an AIS target can be associated
into one target on Radar. It is also displayed on ECDIS as an associated target.

- 300 -
 AIS Target (ECDIS  AIS)
Users activate/deactivate sleeping AIS targets. The activated targets are shown with a
heading line and a SOG/STW vector. When a user identifies a TT with an AIS target,
they are associated.

Number of displaying AIS target

1000
Presentation and functional performance
Based on IEC62288 Ed.2
Communication protocol
Based on IEC61162-1 Ed.4, Ed.5.
Essential data of AIS target, dynamic data ...... VDM
Own ship data, dynamic data .......................... VDO
Message type
Message ID Update summary
1 Position report (Scheduled)
2 Position report (Assigned)
3 Position report (When interrogated)
5 Static and voyage related data
6 Addressed binary message
8 Binary broadcast message
9 Standard SAR aircraft position report
12 Safety related addressed message
14 Safety related broadcast message
18 Standard Class B equipment position report
19 Extended Class B equipment position report
21 Aids-to-navigation report
24 Class B "CS" static data
25 Single slot binary message
26 Mult. slot binary message with Communications State

 Alert
Based on IEC62923-1 Ed.1 and IEC62923-2 Ed.1.

- 301 -
 Backup ECIDS (optional)
If the main ECDIS fails while sailing, the backup ECDIS can take over and maintain
safe navigation. Sensor signals are input individually.

 Datum
WGS-84

 Self-Diagnosis
The self-diagnosis enables to check the condition of constructing units.
Components to be diagnosed ....... LCD, SSD, CPU card, power box, alarm unit, Radar
interface card, serial interface card

 Power Supply
AC Power Supply
EC-9000 Series EC-8000 Series
Voltage AC100/110/115/220V (automatically changed), ±10%, 1φ

Frequency 50/60Hz ±5%

Power Consumption 320VA 300VA

DC Power Supply (for backup)

EC-9000 Series EC-8000 Series
Voltage DC 24V +30%, within -10%

Power Consumption 280W 320W

 Environment

Temperature
0 ~ +45°C
Humidity
30 ~ 90% RH (35°C)
Vibration
Based on IEC-60945 Ed.4 (Protected)

- 302 -
APPENDIX

- 303 -
Appendix 1 Abbreviation

Abbreviations Terms Abbreviations Terms

Alarm / Warning / Bridge Alert

A/W/C/I BAM
Caution / Indication Management System

AC Alternating Current BCR Bow Crossing Range

Actual Course BCT Bow Crossing Time
ACC
Change Backup Navigator
Actual Course BNA
ACCA Alarm
Change Alarm
Bridge Navigational
Actual Course BNWAS
ACCW Watch Alarm System
Change Warning
BRG Bearing
ACK Acknowledge
C UP Course Up
Admiralty Information
AIO Central Alert
Overlay CAM
Management System
Automatic Categories for the
AIS
Identification System CATZOC Zone of Confidence
Automatic in Data
Identification System cbl Cable length
AIS-SART
- Search and Rescue
Consistent Common
Transmitter CCRP
Reference Point
Alert Management
AMS
System Consistent Common
CCRS
ANT Antenna Reference System

AP Autopilot CCW Counterclockwise

Admiralty Raster CD Compact Disc

ARCS
Chart Service Compact Disc Read
CDROM
Automatic Radar Only Memory
ARPA
Plotting Aid CENT Centre
AtoN Aids to Navigation Conning Information
CID
AUTO Automatic Display

Admiralty Vector CLR Clear

AVCS
Chart Service CNCL Cancel

- 304 -
Abbreviations Terms Abbreviations Terms
Course Over the Dead Reckoning,
COG
Ground DR Dead Reckoned
CONT Contrast Position
Closest Point of DTA Distance to Arrival
CPA
Approach DTG Distance to Go
cps Cycles per second DVD Digital Versatile Disc
CPT Critical Point Digital Visual
DVI
Central Processing Interface
CPU
Unit Distance to Wheel
DWOL
CRS Course Over Line
Creeping Line, E East
CS
Single Unit Electronic Bearing
EBL
Comma Separated Line
CSV
Value Early Course
ECC
CTS Course to Steer Change
Course through the Early Course
CTW ECCA
Water Change Alarm

CURS Cursor Early Course

ECCW
Change Warning
CW Clockwise
Electronic Chart
DC Direct Current
ECDIS Display and
deg Degree(s)
Information System
DEL Delete ECHO Echo Sounder
DGPS Differential GPS
Electronic Chart
ECS
DI Digital Input Display System
Diff Difference Electronic
ENC
DIO Digital Input Output Navigational Chart
DISP Display ENT Enter

DIST Distance EP Estimated Position

Det Norske Veritas Electronic Position
DNV EPFS
AS Fixing System
DO Digital Output Estimated Time of
ETA
DPTH Depth Arrival
fm Fathom(s)
ft Feet/foot

- 305 -
Abbreviations Terms Abbreviations Terms
FW Firmware International

GC Great Circle IMO Maritime

Organization
GHz Gigahertz
IND Indicator
GND Ground
INFO Information
Global Navigational
GNSS Integrated
Satellite System INS
Navigation System
Global Positioning
GPS INT Interval
System
GYRO Gyrocompass Japanese
JG
Government
hPa Hectopascal
kHz Kilohertz
H UP Head Up
km kilometer
Heading Control
HCS kPa kilopascal
System
HDG Heading kn Knot(s)

HDM Heading Monitor Lat/Long Latitude/Longitude

High-Definition LAT Latitude

HDMI
Multimedia Interface LBL Label

HGPS High-accuracy GPS Liquid Crystal

LCD
Display
HL Heading Line
LIM Limit
hms hour, minute, second
LON Longitude
HO Hydrographic Office
LOP Line of Position
hr(s) Hour(s)
m Meter
Hz Hertz
MAN Manual
I/F Interface
MAX Maximum
I/O Input / Output
MHz megahertz
ID Identification
min Minute(s)
International
IEC Electrotechnical Maritime Mobile
MMSI
Commission Service Identity

International MOB Man Overboard

IHO
Hydrographic Office N North
N UP North Up

- 306 -
Abbreviations Terms Abbreviations Terms
Not RX Receiver
N/A
Available/Applicable S South
NAV Navigation
SAR Search and Rescue
NAVTEX Navigation Telex
Search and Rescue
NLT Not Less Than SART
Transponder
NM Nautical Mile(s)
SCAMIN Scale Minimum
NMT Not More Than Software
SDK
Ord. Order Development Kit
PAST POSN Past Positions SEA Anti Clutter Sea
PI Parallel Index Line sec. second

Personal SEL Select

PIN
Identification Number SENC System ENC
PORT Port/Portside Steering Gear
SGCS
POSN Position Control System
Speed Over the
Precise Positioning SOG
PPS Ground
Service
SPD Speed
PS Parallel, Single Unit
SS Square, Single Unit
PWR Power
STAB Stabilized
R Relative motion
Starboard/Starboard
RAD Radius STBD
Side
RAIN Anti Clutter Rain
STBY Standby
Raster Chart Display
RCDS STD Standard
System
Speed Through the
REF Reference STW
Water
Radar Interference Synchronized /
RIC SYNC
Cancellation Synchronous
RL Rhumb Line T True motion
RM Route Monitoring TC Track Control
RNG Range TCPA Time to CPA
ROT Rate of Turn Track Control
TCS
System
RP Radar Plotting
TOA Time of Arrival
Rud. Rudder

- 307 -
Abbreviations Terms Abbreviations Terms
Transferred Position WPT Waypoint
TPL
Line WTG Way To Go
TRKG Tracking
XTD Cross Track Distance
TT Tracked Target
TTA Time to Arrival
TTG Time To Go
Time to Wheel Over
TWOL
Line
TWPT Temporary Waypoint
TX Transmitter
Under Keel
UKC
Clearance
United Kingdom
UKHO
Hydrographic Office

UNSTAB Unstabilised
UpDn Up Down
USB Universal Serial Bus
Coordinated
UTC
Universal Time
Voyage Data
VDR
Recorder
VECT Vector
Variable Range
VRM
Marker
VS Sector, Single Unit
W West
World Geodetic
WGS
System
WOL Wheel Over Line
WOP Wheel Over Point
WOT Wheel Over Time

- 308 -
Appendix 2 Alert
A: Alarm, W: Warning, C: Caution
Typically escalate in 60 sec.
ID Alert Message A/W/C EscalationCategory
Lost <sensor>
3002 W W->W B
Lost <sensor>. Check the connection.
Lost <sensor>
3003 C - B
Lost <sensor>. Check the connection.
Lost <ECDIS>
3002 Lost backup ECDIS system. Check the backup W W->W B
system.
Lost <ECS>
3003 C - B
Lost <ECS>. Check the workstation.
Invalid Datum
3005 Datum is not WGS84. Different datum from W W->W B
ENC.
Invalid <data>
3006 C - B
<data> has a invalid data.
Lost ROUTE MON
3008 <data> sensor is invalid. Switch to a valid W W->W A
<data> sensor.
Lost POSN MON
3009 Lost 2nd POSN sensor. Switch to a valid POSN C - B
sensor.
Lost HDG MON
3009 Lost 2nd HDG sensor. Switch to a valid HDG C - B
sensor.
Doubtful POSN
3012 BIG discrepancy between the POSN sensors. W W->W A
Check each sensor.
Doubtful HDG
3012 Big discrepancy between the HDG sensors. W W->W A
Check each sensor.
Doubtful POSN
3013 C - A
POSN jumped. Check the POSN sensor.
Lost POSN
3015 POSN data lost. Select another POSN sensor W W->W B
manually.

- 309 -
 ID Alert Message A/W/C EscalationCategory
Lost HDG
3015 HDG data lost. Select another HDG sensor W W->W B
manually.
Lost SPD
3015 SPD data lost. Select another SPD sensor W W->W B
manually.
Lost <data>
3016 C - B
<data> data lost. Check <data> data.
AC Power fail
3022 Failure or reduction in AC power supply. ECDIS W W->W B
works normally for the set time.
DC Power fail
3023 Abnormal voltage in DC power supply. Check C - B
Battery.
AC Power fail
3023 Abnormal voltage in AC power supply. Check C - B
power supply.
UPS battery fail
3023 C - B
Failure in UPS battery.Check UPS.
Cross-track
3024 Cross-track distance exceeded the limit. Steer A - A
your ship within the limit.
End of track
3025 W W->A A
X.X min. before the last waypoint for RM.
High Latitude
3026 C - B
Position beyond the 85ﾟ latitude limit.
ECCW
3028 Early course change warning(x.x min before W W->A A
WOT)
ACCW
3028 Actual course change warning(30s before W W->A A
WOT)
Cross contour
3031 Crossing a safety contour. Steer your ship to a A - A
safety area.
Depth alarm
3031 Depth below the limit value. Check depth under A - A
keel.

- 310 -
 ID Alert Message A/W/C EscalationCategory
Anchor watch
3032 Ship is drifting. Steer your ship within the anchor W W->A A
watch circle.
Anchor watch
3032 Ship heading beyond the limit. Steer your ship W W->W A
within it.
Cross NoGo-Line
3035 W W->W A
Approaching a NoGo-Line.
Cross NoGo-Line
3036 C - A
Approaching a NoGo-Line.
Cross NoGo-Area
3035 W W->W A
Approaching a NoGo-Area.
Cross NoGo-Area
3036 C - A
Approaching a NoGo-Area.
Cross hazard
3035 Approaching a navigational hazard. Steer your W W->W A
ship to a safe area.
Cross hazard
3036 Approaching a navigational hazard. Steer your C - A
ship to a safe area.
Cross boundary
3035 Approaching a boundary. Steer your ship to a W W->W A
safe area.
Cross boundary
3036 Approaching a boundary. Steer your ship to a C - A
safe area.
Approach CPT
3038 W W->W A
Approaching a Critical Point <CPT.No>
AIS display max
3042 The reported AIS targets have reached the W W->W A
maximum number.
TT display max
3042 The reported tracked targets have reached the W W->W A
maximum number.
AIS reach 95%
3043 The reported AIS targets have exceeded 95% of C - A
the capacity.
TT reach 95%
3043 The reported tracked targets have exceeded C - A
95% of the capacity.
Disk drive fault
3062 W W->W B

- 311 -
 ID Alert Message A/W/C EscalationCategory
3062 W W->W B
Disk drive error. Re-start the system.
Alarm unit fault
3062 W W->W B
Alarm unit error. Re-start the system.
Op.Panel fault
3063 C - B
Operation panel error. Use a mouse.
LCD fault
3063 C - B
LCD connection error. Re-start the system.
PCU fault
3063 C - B
Pilot Control Unit error.
CPU fan fault
3063 CPU fan stopped. Shut down the system and C - B
cool down.
CPU temperature fault
3063 CPU temperature has exceeded 90ﾟC. Shut C - B
down the system and cool down.
Radar fault
3063 C - B
Radar unit error. Re-start the system.
Power fan fault
3063 Power supply fan stopped. Shut down the C - B
system and cool down.
Disk space fault
3063 Not enough disk space. Move backup files to an C - B
external storage memory.

- 312 -
Appendix 3 Indication with Message
Message

SSE 25
Viewer – “The permit for ENC<cell name> has expired. This cell may be out of date
and MUST NOT be used for Primary NAVIGATION”.

SSE 27
ENC is not up to date. A New Edition, Re-issue or Update for this cell is missing and
therefore MUST NOT be used for Primary NAVIGATION

No ENC available. Refer to paper charts.

This cell is not up to date and should not be used for navigation.

This cell is overlapped with other cell.

Target Filter is ON! Range:<range>NM, Min Speed:<min speed>kn

Virtual AIS AtoN symbols display is disabled!

Physical AIS AtoN symbols display is disabled!

Display Not Real Time:Display is based on viewing date <days>.

Display Not Real Time:Display is based on viewing date range from <start date> to
<end date>.

<LAT> | <LON>

Information categories included in the Standard Display are removed.

Unable to start track control.

Route check result max over : Danger/Caution objects are detected over
%value1%.
Chart drawing is delayed.

- 313 -
Appendix 4 Compatibility Check with IHO
S-52 Presentation Library

Here is a checking method if ECDIS chart display is compatible with the latest
presentation library issued by IHO. This book shows an example of compatibility check
with the presentation library Ed.4.0.

For your reference

Compatibility Check with the Presentation Library

https://iho.int/mtg_docs/com_wg/ENCWG/MISC/IHOPreslibChart1final.pdf
ECDIS International Standards Issued by IHO
http://www.iho.int/mtg_docs/enc/ECDIS-ENC_StdsIn_Force.htm

 Edition Number of Presentation Library

Tap FUNCTION in the lower right corner of the
screen  Tap Ξ in the top right corner of the
frequently-used men show the menu. You will see
the edition number of the presentation library which
this ECDIS adopts.

- 314 -
 Checking Chart Object Display
1) Tap FUNCTION in the lower right corner of the
screen  Tap Ξ in the top right corner of the
frequently-used menu to show further menu.

2) Choose [System management]  [Color test].

3) Choose paper and fixed as chart symbol and

setting respectively.

Chart Symbol
····· Typical display of ENC
····· Paper chart display
Display Setting
........ User settings
ｄ
....... Fixed settings in this menu

4) Choose [AA5C1AB1] or [AA5C1AB2] to show

chart objects included. Check if your ECDIS
display is compatible with the following displays.

AA5C1AB1 AA5C1AB2

- 315 -
In the presentation library ed.4, the definition of the date dependent objects is added
and the danger and caution display by route-check and look-ahead area is changed. If
your ECDIS display is like the part surrounded by in the figure below, it is
recognized as the compatibility with the presentation library ed.4.

- 316 -
In the presentation library ed.4, the definition of the updated object is changed. If your
ECDIS display is like the part surrounded by in the figure below, it is recognized
as the compatibility with the presentation library ed.4.

- 317 -
Appendix 5 License Agreement
MICROSOFT SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS
WINDOWS 10 IOT ENTERPRISE & MOBILE (ALL EDITIONS)
IF YOU LIVE IN (OR IF YOUR PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN) THE UNITED
STATES, PLEASE READ THE BINDING ARBITRATION CLAUSE AND CLASS ACTION
WAIVER IN SECTION 9. IT AFFECTS HOW DISPUTES ARE RESOLVED.
Thank you for choosing Microsoft!
Depending on how you obtained the Windows software, this is a license agreement between (i) you and the device
manufacturer or software installer that distributes the software with your device; or (ii) you and Microsoft
Corporation (or, based on where you live or if a business where your principal place of business is located, one of its
affiliates) if you acquired the software from a retailer. Microsoft is the device manufacturer for devices produced by
Microsoft or one of its affiliates, and Microsoft is the retailer if you acquired the software directly from Microsoft.
This agreement describes your rights and the conditions upon which you may use the Windows software. You
should review the entire agreement, including any supplemental license terms that accompany the software and
any linked terms, because all of the terms are important and together create this agreement that applies to you.
You can review linked terms by pasting the (aka.ms/) link into a browser window.
By accepting this agreement or using the software, you agree to all of these terms, and consent to the transmission
of certain information during activation and during your use of the software as per the privacy statement
described in Section 3. If you do not accept and comply with these terms, you may not use the software or its
features. You may contact the device manufacturer or installer, or your retailer if you purchased the software
directly, to determine its return policy and return the software or device for a refund or credit under that policy.
You must comply with that policy, which might require you to return the software with the entire device on which
the software is installed for a refund or credit, if any.
1. Overview.
a. Applicability. This agreement applies to the Windows software that is preinstalled on your device, or
acquired from a retailer and installed by you, the media on which you received the software (if any),
any fonts, icons, images or sound files included with the software, and also any Microsoft updates,
upgrades, supplements or services for the software, unless other terms come with them. It also
applies to Windows apps developed by Microsoft that provide functionality such as mail, calendar,
contacts, music and news that are included with and are a part of Windows. If this agreement
contains terms regarding a feature or service not available on your device, then those terms do not
apply.
b. Additional terms. Depending on your device’s capabilities, how it is configured, and how you use it,
additional Microsoft and third party terms may apply to your use of certain features, services and
apps.
(i) Some Windows apps provide an access point to, or rely on, online services, and the use of
those services is sometimes governed by separate terms and privacy policies, such as the
Microsoft Services Agreement at (aka.ms/msa). You can view these terms and policies by
looking at the service terms of use or the app’s settings, as applicable; please read them. The
services may not be available in all regions.
(ii) The manufacturer or installer may also preinstall apps, which will be subject to separate
license terms.
(iii) The software may include third party software such as Adobe Flash Player that is licensed
under its own terms. You agree that your use of Adobe Flash Player is governed by the
license terms for Adobe Systems Incorporated at (aka.ms/adobeflash). Adobe and Flash are
either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United
States and/or other countries.
(iv) The software may include third party programs that are licensed to you under this
agreement, or under their own terms. License terms, notices and acknowledgements, if any,
for the third party program can be view at (aka.ms/thirdpartynotices).
2. Installation and Use Rights.
a. License. The software license is permanently assigned to the device with which you acquired the
software. You many only use the software on that device.
b. Device. In this agreement, “device” means a physical hardware system) with an internal storage

- 318 -
 device capable of running the software. A hardware partition or blade is considered to be a device.
c. Restrictions. The manufacturer or installer and Microsoft reserve all rights (such as rights under
intellectual property laws) not expressly granted in this agreement. For example, this license does
not give you any right to, and you may not:
(i) use or virtualize features of the software separately;
(ii) publish, copy (other than the permitted backup copy), rent, lease, or lend the software;
(iii) transfer the software (except as permitted by this agreement);
(iv) work around any technical restrictions or limitations in the software;
(v) use the software as server software, for commercial hosting, make the software available for
simultaneous use by multiple users over a network, install the software on a server and
allow users to access it remotely, or install the software on a device for use only by remote
users;
(vi) reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble the software, or attempt to do so, except and
only to the extent that the foregoing restriction is (a) permitted by applicable law; (b)
permitted by licensing terms governing the use of open source components that may be
included with the software; or (c) required to debug changes to any libraries licensed under
the GNU Lesser General Public License which are included with and linked to by the
software; and
(vii) when using Internet-based features you may not use those features in any way that could
interfere with anyone else’s use of them, or to try to gain access to or use any service, data,
account, or network, in an unauthorized manner.
d. Multi use scenarios.
(i) Multiple versions. If when acquiring the software, you were provided with multiple versions
(such as 32-bit and 64-bit versions), you may install and activate only one of those versions
at a time.
(ii) Multiple or pooled connections. Hardware or software you use to multiplex or pool
connections, or reduce the number of devices or users that access or use the software, does
not reduce the number of licenses you need. You may only use such hardware or software if
you have a license for each instance of the software you are using.
(iii) Device connections. You may allow up to 20 other devices to access the software installed on
the licensed device for the purpose of using the following software features: file services,
print services, Internet information services, and Internet connection sharing and telephony
services on the licensed device. The 20 connection limit applies to devices that access the
software indirectly through “multiplexing” or other software or hardware that pools
connections. You may allow any number of devices to access the software on the licensed
device to synchronize data between devices. This section does not mean, however, that you
have the right to install the software, or use the primary function of the software (other than
the features listed in this section), on any of these other devices.
(iv) Remote access. Users may access the licensed device from another device using remote
access technologies, but only on devices separately licensed to run the same or higher edition
of this software.
(v) Remote assistance. You may use remote assistance technologies to share an active session
without obtaining any additional licenses for the software. Remote assistance allows one
user to connect directly to another user’s computer, usually to correct problems.
(vi) POS application. If the software is installed on a retail point of service device, you may use the
software with a point of service application (“POS Application”). A POS Application is a
software application which provides only the following functions: (i) process sales and service
transactions, scan and track inventory, record and/or transmit customer information, and
perform related management functions, and/or (ii) provide information directly and
indirectly to customers about available products and services. You may use other programs
with the software as long as the other programs: (i) directly support the manufacturer’s
specific use for the device, or (ii) provide system utilities, resource management, or anti-
virus or similar protection. For clarification purposes, an automated teller machine (“ATM”)
is not a retail point of service device.
(vii) Cloud Computing Devices. If your device uses Internet browsing functionality to connect to
and access cloud hosted applications: (i) no desktop functions may run locally on the device,
and (ii) any files that result from the use of the desktop functions may not be permanently
stored on the system. “Desktop functions,” as used in this agreement, means a consumer or
business task or process performed by a computer or computing device. This includes but is

- 319 -
 not limited to email, word processing, spreadsheets, database, scheduling, network or
internet browsing and personal finance.
(viii) Desktop Functions. If your system performs desktop functions, then you must ensure that
they: (i) are only used to support the application, and (ii) operate only when used with
the application.
e. Specific Use. The manufacturer designed the licensed device for a specific use. You may only use the
software for that use.
f. Backup copy. You may make a single copy of the software for backup purposes, and may also use
that backup copy to transfer the software if it was acquired as stand-alone software, as described
below.
3. Privacy; Consent to Use of Data. Your privacy is important to us. Some of the software features send or
receive information when using those features. Many of these features can be switched off in the user
interface, or you can choose not to use them. By accepting this agreement and using the software you agree
that Microsoft may collect, use, and disclose the information as described in the Microsoft Privacy
Statement available at (aka.ms/privacy), and as may be described in the user interface associated with the
software features.
4. Transfer
a. Software preinstalled on device. If you acquired the software preinstalled on a device, you may
transfer the license to use the software directly to another user, only with the licensed device. The
transfer must include the software and, if provided with the device, an authentic Windows label
including the product key. Before any permitted transfer, the other party must agree that this
agreement applies to the transfer and use of the software.
b. Stand-alone software. If you acquired the software as stand-alone software, you may transfer the
software to another device that belongs to you. You may also transfer the software to a device owned
by someone else if (i) you are the first licensed user of the software and (ii) the new user agrees to
the terms of this agreement. You may use the backup copy we allow you to make or the media that
the software came on to transfer the software. Every time you transfer the software to a new device,
you must remove the software from the prior device. You may not transfer the software to share
licenses between devices.
5. Authorized Software and Activation. You are authorized to use this software only if you are properly
licensed and the software has been properly activated with a genuine product key or by other authorized
method. When you connect to the Internet while using the software, the software will automatically contact
Microsoft or its affiliate to confirm the software is genuine and the license is associated with the licensed
device. You can also activate the software manually by Internet or telephone. In either case, transmission
of certain information will occur, and Internet, telephone and SMS service charges may apply. During
activation (or reactivation that may be triggered by changes to your device’s components), the software may
determine that the installed instance of the software is counterfeit, improperly licensed or includes
unauthorized changes. If activation fails the software will attempt to repair itself by replacing any
tampered Microsoft software with genuine Microsoft software. You may also receive reminders to obtain a
proper license for the software. Successful activation does not confirm that the software is genuine or
properly licensed. You may not bypass or circumvent activation. To help determine if your software is
genuine and whether you are properly licensed, see (aka.ms/genuine). Certain updates, support, and other
services might only be offered to users of genuine Microsoft software.
6. Updates. You may obtain updates only from Microsoft or authorized sources, and Microsoft may need to
update your system to provide you with those updates. The software periodically checks for system and app
updates, and may download and install them for you. To the extent automatic updates are enabled on your
device, by accepting this agreement, you agree to receive these types of automatic updates without any
additional notice.
7. Geographic and Export Restrictions. If your software is restricted for use in a particular geographic region,
then you may activate the software only in that region. You must also comply with all domestic and
international export laws and regulations that apply to the software, which include restrictions on
destinations, end users, and end use. For further information on geographic and export restrictions, visit
(aka.ms/georestrict) and (aka.ms/exporting).
8. Support and Refund Procedures. For the software generally, contact the device manufacturer or installer
for support options. Refer to the support number provided with the software. For updates and supplements
obtained directly from Microsoft, Microsoft may provide limited support services for properly licensed
software as described at (aka.ms/mssupport). If you are seeking a refund, contact the manufacturer or
installer to determine its refund policies. You must comply with those policies, which might require you to
return the software with the entire device on which the software is installed for a refund.
9. Binding Arbitration and Class Action Waiver if You Live in (or if a Business Your Principal Place of
Business is in) the United States.

- 320 -
We hope we never have a dispute, but if we do, you and we agree to try for 60 days to resolve it informally.
If we can’t, you and we agree to binding individual arbitration before the American Arbitration Association
(“AAA”) under the Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”), and not to sue in court in front of a judge or jury.
Instead, a neutral arbitrator will decide and the arbitrator’s decision will be final except for a limited right
of appeal under the FAA. Class action lawsuits, class-wide arbitrations, private attorney-general actions,
and any other proceeding where someone acts in a representative capacity aren’t allowed. Nor is combining
individual proceedings without the consent of all parties. “We,” “our,” and “us” includes Microsoft, the
device manufacturer, and software installer.

a. Disputes covered—everything except IP. The term “dispute” is as broad as it can be. It includes any
claim or controversy between you and the manufacturer or installer, or you and Microsoft,
concerning the software, its price, or this agreement, under any legal theory including contract,
warranty, tort, statute, or regulation, except disputes relating to the enforcement or validity of your,
your licensors’, our, or our licensors’ intellectual property rights.
b. Mail a Notice of Dispute first. If you have a dispute and our customer service representatives can’t
resolve it, send a Notice of Dispute by U.S. Mail to the manufacturer or installer, ATTN: LEGAL
DEPARTMENT. If your dispute is with Microsoft, mail it to Microsoft Corporation, ATTN: LCA
ARBITRATION, One Microsoft Way, Redmond, WA 98052-6399. Tell us your name, address, how to
contact you, what the problem is, and what you want. A form is available at (aka.ms/disputeform).
We’ll do the same if we have a dispute with you. After 60 days, you or we may start an arbitration if
the dispute is unresolved.
c. Small claims court option. Instead of mailing a Notice of Dispute, and if you meet the court’s
requirements, you may sue us in small claims court in your county of residence (or if a business
your principal place of business) or our principal place of business–King County, Washington USA if
your dispute is with Microsoft. We hope you’ll mail a Notice of Dispute and give us 60 days to try to
work it out, but you don’t have to before going to small claims court.
d. Arbitration procedure. The AAA will conduct any arbitration under its Commercial Arbitration
Rules (or if you are an individual and use the software for personal or household use, or if the value
of the dispute is $75,000 USD or less whether or not you are an individual or how you use the
software, its Consumer Arbitration Rules). For more information, see (aka.ms/adr) or call 1-800-778-
7879. To start an arbitration, submit the form available at (aka.ms/arbitration) to the AAA; mail a
copy to the manufacturer or installer (or to Microsoft if your dispute is with Microsoft). In a dispute
involving $25,000 USD or less, any hearing will be telephonic unless the arbitrator finds good cause
to hold an in-person hearing instead. Any in-person hearing will take place in your county of
residence (of if a business your principal place of business) or our principal place of business—King
County, Washington if your dispute is with Microsoft. You choose. The arbitrator may award the
same damages to you individually as a court could. The arbitrator may award declaratory or
injunctive relief only to you individually to satisfy your individual claim.
e. Arbitration fees and payments.
(i) Disputes involving $75,000 USD or less. The manufacturer or installer (or Microsoft if your
dispute is with Microsoft) will promptly reimburse your filing fees and pay the AAA’s and
arbitrator’s fees and expenses. If you reject our last written settlement offer made before the
arbitrator was appointed, your dispute goes all the way to an arbitrator’s decision (called an
“award”), and the arbitrator awards you more than this last written offer, the manufacturer
or installer (or Microsoft if your dispute is with Microsoft) will: (1) pay the greater of the
award or $1,000 USD; (2) pay your reasonable attorney’s fees, if any; and (3) reimburse any
expenses (including expert witness fees and costs) that your attorney reasonably accrues for
investigating, preparing, and pursuing your claim in arbitration. The arbitrator will
determine the amounts unless you and we agree on them.
(ii) Disputes involving more than $75,000 USD. The AAA rules will govern payment of filing fees
and the AAA’s and arbitrator’s fees and expenses.
(iii) Disputes involving any amount. If you start an arbitration we won’t seek our AAA or
arbitrator’s fees and expenses, or your filing fees we reimbursed, unless the arbitrator finds
the arbitration frivolous or brought for an improper purpose. If we start an arbitration we
will pay all filing, AAA, and arbitrator’s fees and expenses. We won’t seek our attorney’s fees
or expenses from you in any arbitration. Fees and expenses are not counted in determining
how much a dispute involves.
f. Must file within one year. You and we must file in small claims court or arbitration any claim or
dispute (except intellectual property disputes — see Section 9.a.) within one year from when it first
could be filed. Otherwise, it’s permanently barred.
g. Severability. If the class action waiver is found to be illegal or unenforceable as to all or some parts
of a dispute, those parts won’t be arbitrated but will proceed in court, with the rest proceeding in
arbitration. If any other provision of Section 9 is found to be illegal or unenforceable, that provision
will be severed but the rest of Section 9 still applies.

- 321 -
 h. Conflict with AAA rules. This agreement governs if it conflicts with the AAA’s Commercial
Arbitration Rules or Consumer Arbitration Rules.
i. Microsoft as party or third-party beneficiary. If Microsoft is the device manufacturer or if you
acquired the software from a retailer, Microsoft is a party to this agreement. Otherwise, Microsoft is
not a party but is a third-party beneficiary of your agreement with the manufacturer or installer to
resolve disputes through informal negotiation and arbitration.
10. Governing Law. The laws of the state or country where you live (or if a business where your principal place
of business is located) govern all claims and disputes concerning the software, its price, or this agreement,
including breach of contract claims and claims under state consumer protection laws, unfair competition
laws, implied warranty laws, for unjust enrichment, and in tort, regardless of conflict of law principles. In
the United States, the FAA governs all provisions relating to arbitration.
11. Consumer Rights, Regional Variations. This agreement describes certain legal rights. You may have other
rights, including consumer rights, under the laws of your state or country. You may also have rights with
respect to the party from which you acquired the software. This agreement does not change those other
rights if the laws of your state or country do not permit it to do so. For example, if you acquired the
software in one of the below regions, or mandatory country law applies, then the following provisions apply
to you:
a. Australia. References to “Limited Warranty” are references to the express warranty provided by
Microsoft or the manufacturer or installer. This warranty is given in addition to other rights and
remedies you may have under law, including your rights and remedies in accordance with the
statutory guarantees under the Australian Consumer Law.
In this section, “goods” refers to the software for which Microsoft or the manufacturer or installer
provides the express warranty. Our goods come with guarantees that cannot be excluded under the
Australian Consumer Law. You are entitled to a replacement or refund for a major failure and
compensation for any other reasonably foreseeable loss or damage. You are also entitled to have the
goods repaired or replaced if the goods fail to be of acceptable quality and the failure does not
amount to a major failure.
b. Canada. You may stop receiving updates on your device by turning off Internet access. If and when
you re-connect to the Internet, the software will resume checking for and installing updates.
c. European Union. The academic use restriction in Section 12.d(i) below does not apply in the
jurisdictions listed on this site: (aka.ms/academicuse).
d. Germany and Austria.
(i) Warranty. The properly licensed software will perform substantially as described in any
Microsoft materials that accompany the software. However, the manufacturer or installer,
and Microsoft, give no contractual guarantee in relation to the licensed software.
(ii) Limitation of Liability. In case of intentional conduct, gross negligence, claims based on the
Product Liability Act, as well as, in case of death or personal or physical injury, the
manufacturer or installer, or Microsoft is liable according to the statutory law.
Subject to the preceding sentence, the manufacturer or installer, or Microsoft will only be liable for
slight negligence if the manufacturer or installer or Microsoft is in breach of such material
contractual obligations, the fulfillment of which facilitate the due performance of this agreement,
the breach of which would endanger the purpose of this agreement and the compliance with which a
party may constantly trust in (so-called "cardinal obligations"). In other cases of slight negligence,
the manufacturer or installer or Microsoft will not be liable for slight negligence.
e. Other regions. See (aka.ms/variations) for a current list of regional variations

12. Additional Notices.

a. Networks, data and Internet usage. Some features of the software and services accessed through
the software may require your device to access the Internet. Your access and usage (including
charges) may be subject to the terms of your cellular or internet provider agreement. Certain
features of the software may help you access the Internet more efficiently, but the software’s usage
calculations may be different from your service provider’s measurements. You are always
responsible for (i) understanding and complying with the terms of your own plans and agreements,
and (ii) any issues arising from using or accessing networks, including public/open networks. You
may use the software to connect to networks, and to share access information about those networks,
only if you have permission to do so.
b. H.264/AVC and MPEG-4 visual standards and VC-1 video standards. The software may include
H.264/MPEG-4 AVC and/or VC-1 decoding technology. MPEG LA, L.L.C. requires this notice:
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC, THE VC-1, AND THE MPEG-4 PART 2

- 322 -
 VISUAL PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSES FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL
USE OF A CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ABOVE
STANDARDS (“VIDEO STANDARDS”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC, VC-1, AND MPEG-4 PART 2
VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NON-
COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED
TO PROVIDE SUCH VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY
OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, L.L.C. SEE
WWW.MPEGLA.COM
c. Malware protection. Microsoft cares about protecting your device from malware. The software will
turn on malware protection if other protection is not installed or has expired. To do so, other
antimalware software will be disabled or may have to be removed.
d. Limited rights versions. If the software version you acquired is marked or otherwise intended for a
specific or limited use, then you may only use it as specified. You may use other programs with the
software as long as the other programs directly support the manufacturer’s specific use for the
device, or provide system utilities, resource management, or anti-virus or similar protection.
(i) Academic. For academic use, you must be a student, faculty or staff of an educational
institution at the time of purchase.
(ii) Evaluation. For evaluation (or test or demonstration) use, you may not sell the software, use
it in a live operating environment, or use it after the evaluation period. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Agreement, evaluation software is provided “AS IS”.
(iii) NFR. You may not sell software marked as “NFR” or “Not for Resale”.
13. Entire Agreement. This agreement (together with the printed paper license terms or other terms
accompanying any software supplements, updates, and services that are provided by the manufacturer or
installer, or Microsoft, and that you use), and the terms contained in web links listed in this agreement, are
the entire agreement for the software and any such supplements, updates, and services (unless the
manufacturer or installer, or Microsoft, provides other terms with such supplements, updates, or services).
You can review this agreement after your software is running by going to (aka.ms/useterms) or going to
Settings - System - About within the software. You can also review the terms at any of the links in this
agreement by typing the URLs into a browser address bar, and you agree to do so. You agree that you will
read the terms before using the software or services, including any linked terms. You understand that by
using the software and services, you ratify this agreement and the linked terms. There are also
informational links in this agreement. The links containing notices and binding terms are:
· Windows 10 Privacy Statement (aka.ms/privacy)

· Microsoft Services Agreement (aka.ms/msa)

· Adobe Flash Player License Terms (aka.ms/adobeflash)

- 323 -
 ***********************************************************************
NO WARRANTY
THE SOFTWARE ON YOUR DEVICE (INCLUDING THE APPS) IS LICENSED “AS IS.” TO THE MAXIMUM
EXTENT PERMITTED BY YOUR LOCAL LAWS, YOU BEAR THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE SOFTWARE’S
QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE. SHOULD IT PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE COST OF
ALL SERVICING OR REPAIR. NEITHER THE DEVICE MANUFACTURER NOR MICROSOFT GIVES ANY
EXPRESS WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES, OR CONDITIONS FOR THE SOFTWARE. TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED UNDER YOUR LOCAL LAWS, THE MANUFACTURER AND MICROSOFT EXCLUDE ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, INCLUDING THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, QUALITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. YOU MAY HAVE ADDITIONAL
CONSUMER RIGHTS OR STATUTORY GUARANTEES UNDER LOCAL LAWS THAT THESE TERMS
CANNOT CHANGE.
IF YOUR LOCAL LAWS IMPOSE A WARRANTY, GUARANTEE, OR CONDITION EVEN THOUGH THIS
AGREEMENT DOES NOT, ITS TERM IS LIMITED TO 90 DAYS FROM WHEN THE FIRST USER ACQUIRES
THE SOFTWARE. IF THE MANUFACTURER OR MICROSOFT BREACHES SUCH A WARRANTY,
GUARANTEE, OR CONDITION, YOUR SOLE REMEDY, AT THE MANUFACTURER’S OR MICROSOFT’S
ELECTION, IS (I) REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF THE SOFTWARE AT NO CHARGE, OR (II) RETURN OF
THE SOFTWARE (OR AT ITS ELECTION THE DEVICE ON WHICH THE SOFTWARE WAS INSTALLED) FOR
A REFUND OF THE AMOUNT PAID, IF ANY. THESE ARE YOUR ONLY REMEDIES FOR BREACH OF A
WARRANTY, GUARANTEE, OR CONDITION YOUR LOCAL LAWS IMPOSE.
TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY YOUR LOCAL LAWS, IF YOU HAVE ANY BASIS FOR RECOVERING
DAMAGES, YOU CAN RECOVER FROM THE MANUFACTURER OR MICROSOFT ONLY DIRECT DAMAGES
UP TO THE AMOUNT YOU PAID FOR THE SOFTWARE (OR UP TO $50 USD IF YOU ACQUIRED THE
SOFTWARE FOR NO CHARGE). YOU WILL NOT, AND WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO, SEEK TO RECOVER ANY
OTHER DAMAGES OR REMEDY, INCLUDING LOST PROFITS AND DIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL,
INDIRECT, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, UNDER ANY PART OF THIS AGREEMENT OR UNDER ANY
THEORY. THIS LIMITATION APPLIES TO (I) ANYTHING RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE
SOFTWARE (INCLUDING THE APPS), THE DEVICE, SERVICES, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA,
FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE DATA, CONTENT (INCLUDING CODE) ON THIRD PARTY
INTERNET SITES OR THIRD PARTY PROGRAMS, AND (II) CLAIMS FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT,
WARRANTY, GUARANTEE, OR CONDITION; STRICT LIABILITY, NEGLIGENCE, OR OTHER TORT;
VIOLATION OF A STATUTE OR REGULATION; UNJUST ENRICHMENT; OR UNDER ANY OTHER THEORY.
THE DAMAGE EXCLUSIONS AND REMEDY LIMITATIONS IN THIS AGREEMENT APPLY EVEN IF YOU
HAVE NO REMEDY (THE SOFTWARE IS LICENSED “AS IS”), IF REPAIR, REPLACEMENT, OR A REFUND
(IF REQUIRED BY YOUR LOCAL LAW) DOES NOT FULLY COMPENSATE YOU FOR ANY LOSSES, IF THE
MANUFACTURER OR MICROSOFT KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN ABOUT THE POSSIBILITY
OF THE DAMAGES, OR IF THE REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.
Check with your device manufacturer to determine if your device is covered by a warranty.

- 324 -
 CrystalDiskInfo
The MIT License (MIT)
Copyright (c) 2008-2019 hiyohiyo
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

 libharu
Copyright (C) 1999-2006 Takeshi Kanno
Copyright (C) 2007-2009 Antony Dovgal
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for
any damages arising from the use of this software. Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose,including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you
use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not
required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original
software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.

 libpng
COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE
=========================================

PNG Reference Library License version 2

---------------------------------------

* Copyright (c) 1995-2019 The PNG Reference Library Authors.

* Copyright (c) 2018-2019 Cosmin Truta.
* Copyright (c) 2000-2002, 2004, 2006-2018 Glenn Randers-Pehrson.
* Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Andreas Dilger.
* Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.

The software is supplied "as is", without warranty of any kind, express or implied, including, without limitation, the
warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, title, and non-infringement. In no event shall the
Copyright owners, or anyone distributing the software, be liable for any damages or other liability, whether in contract,
tort or otherwise, arising from, out of, or in connection with the software, or the use or other dealings in the software,
even if advised of the possibility of such damage.
Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software, or portions hereof, for any purpose,
without fee, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software. If
you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated, but is
not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original
software.
3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from any source or altered source distribution.

PNG Reference Library License version 1 (for libpng 0.5 through 1.6.35)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

libpng versions 1.0.7, July 1, 2000, through 1.6.35, July 15, 2018 are Copyright (c) 2000-2002, 2004, 2006-2018 Glenn
Randers-Pehrson, are derived from libpng-1.0.6, and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as
libpng-1.0.6 with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors:
Simon-Pierre Cadieux
Eric S. Raymond
Mans Rullgard
Cosmin Truta
Gilles Vollant
James Yu
Mandar Sahastrabuddhe
Google Inc.
Vadim Barkov

- 325 -
 libtiff
Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby
granted without fee, provided that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in all copies of the
software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any
advertising or publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon
Graphics.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR
OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH
THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

 NAVTOR_SDK_3rdparty-licenses
Boost
Boost Software License - Version 1.0 - August 17th, 2003
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person or organization obtaining a copy of the software and
accompanying documentation covered by this license (the "Software") to use, reproduce, display, distribute, execute,
and transmit the Software, and to prepare derivative works of the Software, and to permit third-parties to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, all subject to the following:
The copyright notices in the Software and this entire statement, including the above license grant, this restriction and the
following disclaimer, must be included in all copies of the Software, in whole or in part, and all derivative works of the
Software, unless such copies or derivative works are solely in the form of machine-executable object code generated by
a source language processor.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR ANYONE
DISTRIBUTING THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR
THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

Chromium
Copyright 2015 The Chromium Authors. All rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

<3rdparty>
ashmem
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by Sections 1
through 9 of this document. "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner
that is granting the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled by, or are
under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or
indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of
fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License.

- 326 -
 "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to software source
code, documentation source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form,
including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media
types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under the License,
as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the
Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or derived from) the
Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole,
an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that
remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works
thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any modifications
or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the
Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright
owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written munication
sent to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists,
source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for
the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or
otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been
received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to
You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to reproduce,
prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the Work and such
Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You
a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent
license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license
applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was
submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit)
alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the
date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium,
with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions:
(a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
(b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files; and
(c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright, patent,
trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not
pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
(d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that You
distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, excluding
those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one of the following places:
within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a display generated by the Derivative
Works, if and wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for
informational purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within
Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work,
provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license
terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such Derivative Works
as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions
stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally submitted for
inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License, without any
additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of
any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service marks, or product
names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work
and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and
each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF
ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-
INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible
for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or
otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to in writing,
shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the

- 327 -
 Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or
any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of
such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may
choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability obligations and/or
rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf
and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend,
and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by
reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by
brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include the brackets!) The text should be
enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a file or class name and
description of purpose be included on the same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier identification within
third-party archives.
Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an
"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

dmg_fp
The author of this software is David M. Gay.
Copyright (c) 1991, 2000, 2001 by Lucent Technologies.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby granted, provided
that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a copy or modification of this
software and in all copies of the supporting documentation for such software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY. IN
PARTICULAR, NEITHER THE AUTHOR NOR LUCENT MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.

dynamic_annotations
Copyright (c) 2008-2009, Google Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---
Author: Kostya Serebryany

icu
ICU License - ICU 1.8.1 and later
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION NOTICE
Copyright (c) 1995-2009 International Business Machines Corporation and others
All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, provided that the above copyright notice(s) and this permission notice appear in all
copies of the Software and that both the above copyright notice(s) and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDER OR HOLDERS INCLUDED IN THIS NOTICE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA
OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

- 328 -
 ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE
Except as contained in this notice, the name of a copyright holder shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to
promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization of the copyright holder.

libevent
Libevent is available for use under the following license, commonly known as the 3-clause (or "modified") BSD
license:
==============================
Copyright (c) 2000-2007 Niels Provos <[email protected]>
Copyright (c) 2007-2010 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
==============================
Portions of Libevent are based on works by others, also made available by them under the three-clause BSD license
above. The copyright notices are available in the corresponding source files; the license is as above. Here's a list:

log.c:
Copyright (c) 2000 Dug Song <[email protected]>
Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
strlcpy.c:
Copyright (c) 1998 Todd C. Miller <[email protected]>
win32.c:
Copyright (c) 2003 Michael A. Davis <[email protected]>
evport.c:
Copyright (c) 2007 Sun Microsystems
min_heap.h:
Copyright (c) 2006 Maxim Yegorushkin <[email protected]>
tree.h:
Copyright 2002 Niels Provos <[email protected]>

modp_b64
MODP_B64 - High performance base64 encoder/decoder
Version 1.3 -- 17-Mar-2006
http://modp.com/release/base64
Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 Nick Galbreath -- nickg [at] modp [dot] com
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
Neither the name of the modp.com nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

nspr
Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file

- 329 -
 except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/

Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
License.
The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications Corporation. Portions created by the Initial
Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-2000 the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.

Contributor(s):
Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of either the GNU General Public License Version 2
or later (the "GPL"), or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"), in which case the
provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of
this file only under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to use your version of this file
under the terms of the MPL, indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient may use
your version of this file under the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.

superfasthash
Copyright (c) 2010, Paul Hsieh
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither my name, Paul Hsieh, nor the names of any other contributors to the code use may not be used to endorse
or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

symbolize
Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

tcmalloc
Copyright (c) 2005, Google Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

- 330 -
 THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

valgrind
Notice that the following BSD-style license applies to the Valgrind header files used by Chromium (valgrind.h and
memcheck.h). However, the rest of Valgrind is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version
2, unless otherwise indicated.
----------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (C) 2000-2008 Julian Seward. All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
2. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original
software. If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
3. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original
software.
4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

xdg_mime
Licensed under the Academic Free License version 2.0 (below) Or under the following terms:
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General
Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this library; if not, write to the
Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Academic Free License v. 2.0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This Academic Free License (the "License") applies to any original work of authorship (the "Original Work") whose
owner (the "Licensor") has placed the following notice immediately following the copyright notice for the Original Work:
Licensed under the Academic Free License version 2.0
1) Grant of Copyright License. Licensor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, non-exclusive, perpetual,
sublicenseable license to do the following:
a) to reproduce the Original Work in copies;
b) to prepare derivative works ("Derivative Works") based upon the Original Work;
c) to distribute copies of the Original Work and Derivative Works to the public;
d) to perform the Original Work publicly; and
e) to display the Original Work publicly.
2) Grant of Patent License. Licensor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, non-exclusive, perpetual,
sublicenseable license, under patent claims owned or controlled by the Licensor that are embodied in the Original
Work as furnished by the Licensor, to make, use, sell and offer for sale the Original Work and Derivative Works.
3) Grant of Source Code License. The term "Source Code" means the preferred form of the Original Work for making
modifications to it and all available documentation describing how to modify the Original Work. Licensor hereby
agrees to provide a machine-readable copy of the Source Code of the Original Work along with each copy of the
Original Work that Licensor distributes. Licensor reserves the right to satisfy this obligation by placing a machine-
readable copy of the Source Code in an information repository reasonably calculated to permit inexpensive and
convenient access by You for as long as Licensor continues to distribute the Original Work, and by publishing the
address of that information repository in a notice immediately following the copyright notice that applies to the Original
Work.

- 331 -
 4) Exclusions From License Grant. Neither the names of Licensor, nor the names of any contributors to the Original
Work, nor any of their trademarks or service marks, may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
Original Work without express prior written permission of the Licensor. Nothing in this License shall be deemed to
grant any rights to trademarks, copyrights, patents, trade secrets or any other intellectual property of Licensor except
as expressly stated herein. No patent license is granted to make, use, sell or offer to sell embodiments of any patent
claims other than the licensed claims defined in Section 2. No right is granted to the trademarks of Licensor even if
such marks are included in the Original Work. Nothing in this License shall be interpreted to prohibit Licensor from
licensing under different terms from this License any Original Work that Licensor otherwise would have a right to
license.
5) This section intentionally omitted.
6) Attribution Rights. You must retain, in the Source Code of any Derivative Works that You create, all copyright,
patent or trademark notices from the Source Code of the Original Work, as well as any notices of licensing and any
descriptive text identified therein as an "Attribution Notice." You must cause the Source Code for any Derivative Works
that You create to carry a prominent Attribution Notice reasonably calculated to inform recipients that You have
modified the Original Work.
7) Warranty of Provenance and Disclaimer of Warranty. Licensor warrants that the copyright in and to the Original
Work and the patent rights granted herein by Licensor are owned by the Licensor or are sublicensed to You under the
terms of this License with the permission of the contributor(s) of those copyrights and patent rights. Except as
expressly stated in the immediately proceeding sentence, the Original Work is provided under this License on an "AS
IS" BASIS and WITHOUT WARRANTY, either express or implied, including, without limitation, the warranties of NON-
INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO
THE QUALITY OF THE ORIGINAL WORK IS WITH YOU. This DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY constitutes an
essential part of this License. No license to Original Work is granted hereunder except under this disclaimer.
8) Limitation of Liability. Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),
contract, or otherwise, shall the Licensor be liable to any person for any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or the use of the Original Work including,
without limitation, damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other
commercial damages or losses. This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting
from Licensor's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the
exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
9) Acceptance and Termination. If You distribute copies of the Original Work or a Derivative Work, You must make a
reasonable effort under the circumstances to obtain the express assent of recipients to the terms of this License.
Nothing else but this License (or another written agreement between Licensor and You) grants You permission to
create Derivative Works based upon the Original Work or to exercise any of the rights granted in Section 1 herein, and
any attempt to do so except under the terms of this License (or another written agreement between Licensor and You)
is expressly prohibited by U.S. copyright law, the equivalent laws of other countries, and by international treaty.
Therefore, by exercising any of the rights granted to You in Section 1 herein, You indicate Your acceptance of this
License and all of its terms and conditions.
10) Termination for Patent Action. This License shall terminate automatically and You may no longer exercise any of
the rights granted to You by this License as of the date You commence an action, including a cross-claim or
counterclaim, for patent infringement (i) against Licensor with respect to a patent applicable to software or (ii) against
any entity with respect to a patent applicable to the Original Work (but excluding combinations of the Original Work
with other software or hardware).
11) Jurisdiction, Venue and Governing Law. Any action or suit relating to this License may be brought only in the
courts of a jurisdiction wherein the Licensor resides or in which Licensor conducts its primary business, and under the
laws of that jurisdiction excluding its conflict-of-law provisions. The application of the United Nations Convention on
Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is expressly excluded. Any use of the Original Work outside the scope of
this License or after its termination shall be subject to the requirements and penalties of the U.S. Copyright Act, 17
U.S.C. 101 et seq., the equivalent laws of other countries, and international treaty. This section shall survive the
termination of this License.
12) Attorneys Fees. In any action to enforce the terms of this License or seeking damages relating thereto, the
prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys'
fees and costs incurred in connection with such action, including any appeal of such action. This section shall survive
the termination of this License.
13) Miscellaneous. This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof. If any
provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to
make it enforceable.
14) Definition of "You" in This License. "You" throughout this License, whether in upper or lower case, means an
individual or a legal entity exercising rights under, and complying with all of the terms of, this License. For legal
entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with you. For purposes of
this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity,
whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii)
beneficial ownership of such entity.
15) Right to Use. You may use the Original Work in all ways not otherwise restricted or conditioned by this License or
by law, and Licensor promises not to interfere with or be responsible for such uses by You.
This license is Copyright (C) 2003 Lawrence E. Rosen. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted to copy and
distribute this license without modification. This license may not be modified without the express written permission of
its copyright owner.

xdg_user_dirs
Copyright (c) 2007 Red Hat, inc
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to

- 332 -
 use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

cpprestsdk
C++ REST SDK
The MIT License (MIT)
Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation
All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE NOTICES AND INFORMATION

Do Not Translate or Localize
C++ REST SDK incorporates third party material from the projects listed below. The original copyright notice and the
license under which Microsoft received such third party material are set forth below. Microsoft reserves all other rights
not expressly granted, whether by implication, estoppel or otherwise.

1. Websocket++ (http://www.zaphoyd.com/websocketpp/)
%% Websocket++ NOTICES, INFORMATION, AND LICENSE BEGIN HERE
=========================================
Main Library:
Copyright (c) 2014, Peter Thorson. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following
conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the WebSocket++ Project nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
PETER THORSON BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

Bundled Libraries:

****** Base 64 Library (base64/base64.hpp) ******

base64.hpp is a repackaging of the base64.cpp and base64.h files into a single header suitable for use as a header only
library. This conversion was done by Peter Thorson ([email protected]) in 2012. All modifications to the code
are redistributed under the same license as the original, which is listed below.
base64.cpp and base64.h
Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Ren・Nyffenegger
This source code is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the author be held liable for
any damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it
and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:

- 333 -
1. The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original source
code. If you use this source code in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated
but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original
source code.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.

Ren・Nyffenegger [email protected]

****** SHA1 Library (sha1/sha1.hpp) ******

sha1.hpp is a repackaging of the sha1.cpp and sha1.h files from the shallsha1 library
(http://code.google.com/p/smallsha1/) into a single header suitable for use as a header only library. This conversion was
done by Peter Thorson ([email protected]) in 2013. All modifications to the code are redistributed under the
same license as the original, which is listed below.

Copyright (c) 2011, Micael Hildenborg

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following
conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Micael Hildenborg nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY Micael Hildenborg ''AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL Micael Hildenborg BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

****** MD5 Library (common/md5.hpp) ******

md5.hpp is a reformulation of the md5.h and md5.c code from http://www.opensource.apple.com/source/cups/cups-
59/cups/md5.c to allow it to function as a component of a header only library. This conversion was done by Peter
Thorson ([email protected]) in 2012 for the WebSocket++ project. The changes are released under the same
license as the original (listed below)
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002 Aladdin Enterprises. All rights reserved.

This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for
any damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it
and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:

1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you
use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not
required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original
software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.

L. Peter Deutsch
[email protected]

****** UTF8 Validation logic (utf8_validation.hpp) ******

utf8_validation.hpp is adapted from code originally written by Bjoern Hoehrmann <[email protected]>. See
http://bjoern.hoehrmann.de/utf-8/decoder/dfa/ for details.

The original license:

Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Bjoern Hoehrmann <[email protected]>
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.

- 334 -
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
=========================================
END OF Websocket++ NOTICES, INFORMATION, AND LICENSE

cryptopp
Phil Karn - des.cpp
Andrew M. Kuchling - md2.cpp, md4.cpp
Colin Plumb - md5.cpp
Seal Woods - rc6.cpp
Chris Morgan - rijndael.cpp
Paulo Baretto - rijndael.cpp, skipjack.cpp, square.cpp
Richard De Moliner - safer.cpp
Matthew Skala - twofish.cpp
Kevin Springle - camellia.cpp, shacal2.cpp, ttmac.cpp, whrlpool.cpp, ripemd.cpp

Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this compilation for any purpose, including commercial applications, is
hereby granted without fee, subject to the following restrictions:
1. Any copy or modification of this compilation in any form, except in object code form as part of an application software,
must include the above copyright notice and this license.
2. Users of this software agree that any modification or extension they provide to Wei Dai will be considered public
domain and not copyrighted unless it includes an explicit copyright notice.
3. Wei Dai makes no warranty or representation that the operation of the software in this compilation will be error-free,
and Wei Dai is under no obligation to provide any services, by way of maintenance, update, or otherwise. THE
SOFTWARE AND ANY DOCUMENTATION ARE PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL WEI DAI OR ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT,
INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
4. Users will not use Wei Dai or any other contributor's name in any publicity or advertising, without prior written consent
in each case.
5. Export of this software from the United States may require a specific license from the United States Government. It
is the responsibility of any person or organization contemplating export to obtain such a license before exporting.
6. Certain parts of this software may be protected by patents. It is the users' responsibility to obtain the appropriate
licenses before using those parts.
If this compilation is used in object code form in an application software, acknowledgement of the author is not required
but would be appreciated. The contribution of any useful modifications or extensions to Wei Dai is not required but
would also be appreciated.

freetype
The FreeType Project LICENSE, 2006-Jan-27
Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg

Introduction
============
The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages; some of them may contain, in addition to the FreeType
font engine, various tools and contributions which rely on, or relate to, the FreeType Project.
This license applies to all files found in such packages, and which do not fall under their own explicit license. The
license affects thus the FreeType font engine the test programs, documentation and makefiles, at the very least.
This license was inspired by the BSD, Artistic,and IJG (Independent JPEG Group) licenses, which all encourage
inclusion and use of free software in commercial and freeware products alike. As a consequence, its main points are
that:
o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be interested in any kind of bug reports. (`as is'
distribution)
o You can use this software for whatever you want, in parts or full form, without having to pay us. (`royalty-free'
usage)
o You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use it, or only parts of it, in a program, you must
acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you have used the FreeType code. (`credits')
We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this software, with or without modifications, in commercial
products. We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and assume no liability related to The FreeType
Project.
Finally, many people asked us for a preferred form for a credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this license. We thus
encourage you to use the following text:
"""
Portions of this software are copyright © <year> The FreeType
Project (www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
"""

- 335 -
Please replace <year> with the value from the FreeType version you actually use.

Legal Terms
===========
0. Definitions
--------------
Throughout this license, the terms `package', `FreeType Project', and `FreeType archive' refer to the set of files
originally distributed by the authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg) as the `FreeType Project', be
they named as alpha, beta or final release.
`You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where `using' is a generic term including compiling the project's
source code as well as linking it to form a `program' or `executable'. This program is referred to as `a program using the
FreeType engine'.
This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project, including all source code, binaries and
documentation, unless otherwise stated in the file in its original, unmodified form as distributed in the original archive.
If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by this license, you must contact us to verify this. The
FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. All rights
reserved except as specified below.

1. No Warranty
--------------
THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY TO USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.

2. Redistribution
-----------------
This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use, execute, perform,
compile, display, copy, create derivative works of, distribute and sublicense the FreeType Project (in both source and
object code forms) and derivative works thereof for any purpose; and to authorize others to exercise some or all of the
rights granted herein, subject to the following conditions:

o Redistribution of source code must retain this license file (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions or
changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation. The copyright notices of
the unaltered, original files must be preserved in all copies of source files.

o Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of the work
of the FreeType Team, in the distribution documentation. We also encourage you to put an URL to the FreeType web
page in your documentation, though this isn't mandatory.

These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project, not just the unmodified files.
If you use our work, you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid to us.

3. Advertising
--------------
Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial, advertising, or
promotional purposes without specific prior written permission.
We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software in your
documentation or advertising materials: `FreeType Project', `FreeType Engine', `FreeType library', or `FreeType
Distribution'.
As you have not signed this license, you are not required to accept it. However, as the FreeType Project is copyrighted
material, only this license, or another one contracted with the authors, grants you the right to use, distribute, and modify
it. Therefore, by using, distributing, or modifying the FreeType Project, you indicate that you understand and accept all
the terms of this license.

4. Contacts
-----------
There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
o [email protected]
Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as future and wanted additions to the library and
distribution. If you are looking for support, start in this list if you haven't found anything to help you in the documentation.
o [email protected]
Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues, specific licenses, porting, etc.

Our home page can be found at http://www.freetype.org

The FreeType 2 font engine is copyrighted work and cannot be used legally without a software license. In order to
make this project usable to a vast majority of developers, we distribute it under two mutually exclusive open-source
licenses.
This means that *you* must choose *one* of the two licenses described below, then obey all its terms and conditions
when using FreeType 2 in any of your projects or products.

- 336 -
- The FreeType License, found in the file `FTL.TXT', which is similar to the original BSD license *with* an advertising
clause that forces you to explicitly cite the FreeType project in your product's documentation. All details are in the
license file. This license is suited to products which don't use the GNU General Public License.
Note that this license is compatible to the GNU General Public License version 3, but not version 2.
- The GNU General Public License version 2, found in `GPLv2.TXT' (any later version can be used also), for programs
which already use the GPL. Note that the FTL is incompatible with GPLv2 due to its advertisement clause.

The contributed BDF and PCF drivers come with a license similar to that of the X Window System. It is compatible to the
above two licenses (see file src/bdf/README and src/pcf/README). The same holds for the files fthash.c' and
`fthash.h'; their code was part of the BDF driver in earlier FreeType versions.

The gzip module uses the zlib license (see src/gzip/zlib.h) which too is compatible to the above two licenses.

The MD5 checksum support (only used for debugging in development builds) is in the public domain.

GDAL
GDAL/OGR Licensing
==================
This file attempts to include all licenses that apply within the GDAL/OGR source tree, in particular any that are supposed
to be exposed to the end user for credit requirements for instance. The contents of this file can be displayed from GDAL
commandline utilities using the --license commandline switch.

GDAL/OGR General
----------------
In general GDAL/OGR is licensed under an MIT/X style license with the following terms:
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

gdal/frmts/gtiff/tif_float.c
----------------------------
Copyright (c) 2002, Industrial Light & Magic, a division of Lucas Digital Ltd. LLC
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following
conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Industrial Light & Magic nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

gdal/frmts/hdf4/hdf-eos/*
------------------------
Copyright (C) 1996 Hughes and Applied Research Corporation
Permission to use, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
permission notice appear in supporting documentation.

gdal/frmts/pcraster/libcsf
--------------------------
Copyright (c) 1997-2003, Utrecht University All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following

- 337 -
conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Utrecht University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

gdal/frmts/grib/degrib/*
------------------------
The degrib and g2clib source code are modified versions of code produced by NOAA NWS and are in the public domain
subject to the following restrictions: http://www.weather.gov/im/softa.htm
DISCLAIMER The United States Government makes no warranty, expressed or implied, as to the usefulness of the
software and documentation for any purpose. The U.S. Government, its instrumentalities, officers, employees, and
agents assumes no responsibility (1) for the use of the software and documentation listed below, or (2) to provide
technical support to users.
http://www.weather.gov/disclaimer.php
The information on government servers are in the public domain, unless specifically annotated otherwise, and may be
used freely by the public so long as you do not 1) claim it is your own (e.g. by claiming copyright for NWS information --
see below), 2) use it in a manner that implies an endorsement or affiliation with NOAA/NWS, or 3) modify it in content
and then present it as official government material. You also cannot present information of your own in a way that makes
it appear to be official government information.
The user assumes the entire risk related to its use of this data. NWS is providing this data "as is," and NWS disclaims
any and all warranties, whether express or implied, including (without limitation) any implied warranties of
merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. In no event will NWS be liable to you or to any third party for any
direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, special or exemplary damages or lost profit resulting from any use or misuse
of this data.
As required by 17 U.S.C. 403, third parties producing copyrighted works consisting predominantly of the material
appearing in NWS Web pages must provide notice with such work(s) identifying the NWS material incorporated and
stating that such material is not subject to copyright protection.

port/cpl_minizip*
-----------------
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the Info-ZIP copyright and license. The definitive version of this document should be
available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All rights reserved.
For the purposes of this copyright and license, "Info-ZIP" is defined as the following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris Herborth,
Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, Paul Kienitz,
David Kirschbaum, Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, Igor Mandrichenko,
Steve P. Miller, Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, George Petrov, Greg Roelofs,
Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
Rich Wales, Mike White

This software is provided "as is," without warranty of any kind, express or implied. In no event shall Info-ZIP or its
contributors be held liable for any direct, indirect, incidental, special or consequential damages arising out of the use of
or inability to use this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it
and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:

1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, definition, disclaimer, and this list of
conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form (compiled executables) must reproduce the above copyright notice, definition,
disclaimer, and this list of conditions in documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. The sole
exception to this condition is redistribution of a standard UnZipSFX binary (including SFXWiz) as part of a self-extracting
archive; that is permitted without inclusion of this license, as long as the normal SFX banner has not been removed from
the binary or disabled.
3. Altered versions--including, but not limited to, ports to new operating systems, existing ports with new graphical
interfaces, and dynamic, shared, or static library versions--must be plainly marked as such and must not be
misrepresented as being the original source. Such altered versions also must not be misrepresented as being Info-ZIP

- 338 -
releases--including, but not limited to, labeling of the altered versions with the names "Info-ZIP" (or any variation thereof,
including, but not limited to, different capitalizations), "Pocket UnZip," "WiZ" or "MacZip" without the explicit permission
of Info-ZIP. Such altered versions are further prohibited from misrepresentative use of the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use the names "Info-ZIP," "Zip," "UnZip," "UnZipSFX," "WiZ," "Pocket UnZip," "Pocket
Zip," and "MacZip" for its own source and binary releases.

gdal/ogr/ogrsf_frmts/dxf/intronurbs.cpp
---------------------------------------
This code is derived from the code associated with the book "An Introduction to NURBS" by David F. Rogers. More
information on the book and the code is available at: http://www.nar-associates.com/nurbs/

Copyright (c) 2009, David F. Rogers

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following
conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the David F. Rogers nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

GeographicLib
The MIT License (MIT); this license applies to GeographicLib, versions 1.12 and later.
Copyright (c) 2008-2017, Charles Karney
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

glog
Copyright (c) 2008, Google Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following
conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

- 339 -
A function gettimeofday in utilities.cc is based on
http://www.google.com/codesearch/p?hl=en#dR3YEbitojA/COPYING&q=GetSystemTimeAsFileTime%20license:bsd
The license of this code is:
Copyright (c) 2003-2008, Jouni Malinen <[email protected]> and contributors
All Rights Reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following
conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name(s) of the above-listed copyright holder(s) nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse
or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

google-breakpad
Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following
conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright 2001-2004 Unicode, Inc.
Disclaimer
This source code is provided as is by Unicode, Inc. No claims are made as to fitness for any particular purpose. No
warranties of any kind are expressed or implied. The recipient agrees to determine applicability of information provided.
If this file has been purchased on magnetic or optical media from Unicode, Inc., the sole remedy for any claim will be
exchange of defective media within 90 days of receipt.
Limitations on Rights to Redistribute This Code
Unicode, Inc. hereby grants the right to freely use the information supplied in this file in the creation of products
supporting the Unicode Standard, and to make copies of this file in any form for internal or external distribution as long
as this notice remains attached.

grib_api
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through
9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under
common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to
cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent
(50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.

- 340 -
 "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to software source
code, documentation source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form, including
but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under the License, as
indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the Appendix
below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or derived from) the
Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole, an
original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any modifications or
additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work
by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For
the purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the
Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code
control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for the purpose of
discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been
received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to
You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to reproduce,
prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the Work and such
Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide,
non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have
made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent
claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of
their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent litigation against
any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated
within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under
this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with
or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions:
(a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
(b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files; and
(c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright, patent,
trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not
pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
(d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that You
distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, excluding
those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one of the following places:
within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or documentation,
if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational
purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative
Works that You distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that
such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms
and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such Derivative Works as a
whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in
this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally submitted for
inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License, without any
additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any
separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service marks, or product
names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and
reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and
each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF
ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-
INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for
determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or
otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to in writing,
shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential
damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but
not limited to damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other

- 341 -
 commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose
to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability obligations and/or rights
consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf and on
Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold
each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your
accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work. To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the
following boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information.
(Don't include the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file format. We
also recommend that a file or class name and description of purpose be included on the same "printed page" as the
copyright notice for easier identification within third-party archives.
Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the
License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

grpc
Copyright 2015, Google Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following
conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

infozip
unzip
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the Info-ZIP copyright and license. The definitive version of this document should be
available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All rights reserved.
For the purposes of this copyright and license, "Info-ZIP" is defined as the following set of individuals:
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris Herborth,
Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, Paul Kienitz,
David Kirschbaum, Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, Igor Mandrichenko,
Steve P. Miller, Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, George Petrov, Greg Roelofs,
Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
Rich Wales, Mike White
This software is provided "as is," without warranty of any kind, express or implied. In no event shall Info-ZIP or its
contributors be held liable for any direct, indirect, incidental, special or consequential damages arising out of the use
of or inability to use this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it
and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, definition, disclaimer, and this list of
conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form (compiled executables) must reproduce the above copyright notice, definition,
disclaimer, and this list of conditions in documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. The sole
exception to this condition is redistribution of a standard UnZipSFX binary (including SFXWiz) as part of a self-
extracting archive; that is permitted without inclusion of this license, as long as the normal SFX banner has not been
removed from the binary or disabled.
3. Altered versions--including, but not limited to, ports to new operating systems, existing ports with new graphical
interfaces, and dynamic, shared, or static library versions--must be plainly marked as such and must not be
misrepresented as being the original source. Such altered versions also must not be misrepresented as being Info-

- 342 -
 ZIP releases--including, but not limited to, labeling of the altered versions with the names "Info-ZIP" (or any variation
thereof, including, but not limited to, different capitalizations), "Pocket UnZip," "WiZ" or "MacZip" without the explicit
permission of Info-ZIP. Such altered versions are further prohibited from misrepresentative use of the Zip-Bugs or
Info-ZIP e-mail addresses or of the Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use the names "Info-ZIP," "Zip," "UnZip," "UnZipSFX," "WiZ," "Pocket UnZip,"
"Pocket Zip," and "MacZip" for its own source and binary releases.

zip
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the Info-ZIP license. The definitive version of this document should be available at
ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.
Copyright (c) 1990-2006 Info-ZIP. All rights reserved.
For the purposes of this copyright and license, "Info-ZIP" is defined as the following set of individuals:
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris Herborth,
Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, Paul Kienitz,
David Kirschbaum, Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, Igor Mandrichenko,
Steve P. Miller, Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, George Petrov, Greg Roelofs,
Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
Rich Wales, Mike White
This software is provided "as is," without warranty of any kind, express or implied. In no event shall Info-ZIP or its
contributors be held liable for any direct, indirect, incidental, special or consequential damages arising out of the use
of or inability to use this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it
and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, definition, disclaimer, and this list of
conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form (compiled executables) must reproduce the above copyright notice, definition,
disclaimer, and this list of conditions in documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. The sole
exception to this condition is redistribution of a standard UnZipSFX binary (including SFXWiz) as part of a self-
extracting archive; that is permitted without inclusion of this license, as long as the normal SFX banner has not been
removed from the binary or disabled.
3. Altered versions--including, but not limited to, ports to new operating systems, existing ports with new graphical
interfaces, and dynamic, shared, or static library versions--must be plainly marked as such and must not be
misrepresented as being the original source. Such altered versions also must not be misrepresented as being Info-
ZIP releases--including, but not limited to, labeling of the altered versions with the names "Info-ZIP" (or any variation
thereof, including, but not limited to, different capitalizations), "Pocket UnZip," "WiZ" or "MacZip" without the explicit
permission of Info-ZIP. Such altered versions are further prohibited from misrepresentative use of the Zip-Bugs or
Info-ZIP e-mail addresses or of the Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use the names "Info-ZIP," "Zip," "UnZip," "UnZipSFX," "WiZ," "Pocket UnZip,"
"Pocket Zip," and "MacZip" for its own source and binary releases.

jasper
JasPer License Version 2.0
Copyright (c) 2001-2006 Michael David Adams
Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Image Power, Inc.
Copyright (c) 1999-2000 The University of British Columbia
All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person (the "User") obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
1. The above copyright notices and this permission notice (which includes the disclaimer below) shall be included in all
copies or substantial portions of the Software.
2. The name of a copyright holder shall not be used to endorse or promote products derived from the Software without
specific prior written permission.
THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF THE
SOFTWARE IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. NO ASSURANCES ARE PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS THAT THE SOFTWARE DOES NOT INFRINGE THE PATENT OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
RIGHTS OF ANY OTHER ENTITY. EACH COPYRIGHT HOLDER DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY TO THE USER FOR
CLAIMS BROUGHT BY ANY OTHER ENTITY BASED ON INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
OR OTHERWISE. AS A CONDITION TO EXERCISING THE RIGHTS GRANTED HEREUNDER, EACH USER
HEREBY ASSUMES SOLE RESPONSIBILITY TO SECURE ANY OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
NEEDED, IF ANY. THE SOFTWARE IS NOT FAULT-TOLERANT AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR USE IN MISSION-
CRITICAL SYSTEMS, SUCH AS THOSE USED IN THE OPERATION OF NUCLEAR FACILITIES, AIRCRAFT

- 343 -
NAVIGATION OR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS, DIRECT LIFE SUPPORT
MACHINES, OR WEAPONS SYSTEMS, IN WHICH THE FAILURE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SYSTEM COULD LEAD
DIRECTLY TO DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY, OR SEVERE PHYSICAL OR ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGE ("HIGH RISK
ACTIVITIES"). THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY
OF FITNESS FOR HIGH RISK ACTIVITIES.

libtess2
SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
Copyright (C) [dates of first publication] Silicon Graphics, Inc.
All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and either this permission notice or a reference to
http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc. shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to
promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Silicon Graphics, Inc.

libxml2
Name: libxml
URL: http://xmlsoft.org
Version: 2.7.7
License: MIT
License File: src/Copyright
Security Critical: yes

Description:
The src/ directory contains a partial snapshot of the libxml library with the patches in the patches/ directories applied.
See the files in that directory for discussion of their effects.
Current version: 2.7.7.
Modifications:
- Converted to utf-8 with: vim +"argdo write ++enc=utf-8" *.c
- Import XPath fix http://git.gnome.org/browse/libxml2/commit/?id=91d19754d46acd4a639a8b9e31f50f31c78f8c9c
- Import follow-on for above commit:
http://git.gnome.org/browse/libxml2/commit/?id=ea90b894146030c214a7df6d8375310174f134b9
- Import additional XPath fix
http://git.gnome.org/browse/libxml2/commit/?id=df83c17e5a2646bd923f75e5e507bc80d73c9722
- Import follow-on fix for above commit:
http://git.gnome.org/browse/libxml2/commit/?id=fec31bcd452e77c10579467ca87a785b41115de6
- And a follow-on fix to the previous two fixes, committed upstream:
http://git.gnome.org/browse/libxml2/commit/?id=f5048b3e71fc30ad096970b8df6e7af073bae4cb (slightly differently, but
we can drop our local fix on the next roll).
- Add a fix for handling of unknown namespaces, commit upstream is pending.
- Add fixes for ending the parse properly if a SAX callback calls xmlStopParser(), commit upstream is pending.
- Add fix for entities, commit upstream is
http://git.gnome.org/browse/libxml2/commit/?id=5bd3c061823a8499b27422aee04ea20aae24f03e
- Import UTF-8 fix from upstream:
http://git.gnome.org/browse/libxml2/commit/?id=0795348aeb86648723bc391e4d02e20631c10bca
- Import XPath fix
http://git.gnome.org/browse/libxml2/commit/xpath.c?id=2ddecc23862bab1a9a9e51e097aefc92ec305e28
- Merge clang warning fix
http://git.gnome.org/browse/libxml2/commit/?id=aae48e64dfbf2b46b157a4c1857e30645116388f
- Add a fix for proper escaping of xpointer expressions, commit upstream is pending.
- Add helper classes in chromium/libxml_utils.cc and chromium/include/libxml/libxml_utils.h.
- Add a tweak to limit problems caused by excessive strings and buffers.
- Change the xmlNs struct a little bit, so it looks like it has no children
if treated as a generic xmlNode object.
- Fix pretty harmless use-after-free in generate-id function.
To import a new snapshot of libxml:
- Visit http://xmlsoft.org/downloads.html and download the latest source distribution.
- Copy the files into this directory, omitting files which have been omitted here.
E.g.: for i in $(find . -type f); do cp ../libxml-newver/$i $i; done
This should clobber all local changes to this directory.
- Apply the patches in patches/ and fix any problems.

- 344 -
 UPDATE THOSE PATCHES OR EVAN WILL HUNT YOU DOWN.
- On a Linux system,
$ cd linux
$ ../configure --without-iconv --without-ftp --without-http
to generate config.h and include/libxml/xmlversion.h for Linux.
- On a Mac,
$ cd mac
$ ../configure --without-iconv --without-ftp --without-http
to generate config.h and include/libxml/xmlversion.h for Macs.
- On Windows, run build/generate-win32-headers.bat to re-generate config.h and
include/libxml/xmlversion.h for Windows builds.
- Update this README to reflect the new version number.

muparser
Copyright (C) 2011 Ingo Berg (ingo_berg{at}gmx.de)
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

netcdf
The NetCDF Copyright.
Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,
2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014,
University Corporation for Atmospheric Research/Unidata.
Portions of this software were developed by the Unidata Program at the University Corporation for Atmospheric
Research.
Access and use of this software shall impose the following obligations and understandings on the user. The user is
granted the right, without any fee or cost, to use, copy, modify, alter, enhance and distribute this software, and any
derivative works thereof, and its supporting documentation for any purpose whatsoever, provided that this entire notice
appears in all copies of the software, derivative works and supporting documentation. Further, UCAR requests that the
user credit UCAR/Unidata in any publications that result from the use of this software or in any product that includes this
software, although this is not an obligation. The names UCAR and/or Unidata, however, may not be used in any
advertising or publicity to endorse or promote any products or commercial entity unless specific written permission is
obtained from UCAR/Unidata. The user also understands that UCAR/Unidata is not obligated to provide the user with
any support, consulting, training or assistance of any kind with regard to the use, operation and performance of this
software nor to provide the user with any updates, revisions, new versions or "bug fixes."
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY UCAR/UNIDATA "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL UCAR/UNIDATA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE ACCESS, USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.

proj4
All source, data files and other contents of the PROJ.4 package are available under the following terms. Note that the
PROJ 4.3 and earlier was "public domain" as is common with US government work, but apparently this is not a well
defined legal term in many countries. I am placing everything under the following MIT style license because I believe it
is effectively the same as public domain, allowing anyone to use the code as they wish, including making proprietary
derivatives.
Though I have put my own name as copyright holder, I don't mean to imply I did the work. Essentially all work was
done by Gerald Evenden.
--------------
Copyright (c) 2000, Frank Warmerdam
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR

- 345 -
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

pugixml
pugixml 1.8 - an XML processing library
Copyright (C) 2006-2016, by Arseny Kapoulkine ([email protected])
Report bugs and download new versions at http://pugixml.org/
This is the distribution of pugixml, which is a C++ XML processing library, which consists of a DOM-like interface with
rich traversal/modification capabilities, an extremely fast XML parser which constructs the DOM tree from an XML
file/buffer, and an XPath 1.0 implementation for complex data-driven tree queries. Full Unicode support is also available,
with Unicode interface variants and conversions between different Unicode encodings (which happen automatically
during parsing/saving).
The distribution contains the following folders:
contrib/ - various contributions to pugixml
docs/ - documentation
docs/samples - pugixml usage examples
docs/quickstart.html - quick start guide
docs/manual.html - complete manual
scripts/ - project files for IDE/build systems
src/ - header and source files
readme.txt - this file.
This library is distributed under the MIT License:
Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Arseny Kapoulkine
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

skia
Copyright (c) 2011 Google Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following
conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

angle
Copyright (C) 2002-2013 The ANGLE Project Authors.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
Neither the name of TransGaming Inc., Google Inc., 3DLabs Inc. Ltd., nor the names of their contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

- 346 -
 MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

etc1
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by Sections 1
through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled by, or are
under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or
indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of
fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to software source
code, documentation source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form,
including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under the License, as
indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the Appendix
below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or derived from) the
Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole,
an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that
remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any modifications or
additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the
Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright
owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written
communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic
mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously
marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been
received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free,
irrevocable copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform,
sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You
a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent
license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license
applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was
submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit)
alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date
such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium,
with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions:
You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and You must cause any
modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files; and You must retain, in the Source form
of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source
form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and If the Work
includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a
readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file
distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the
Derivative Works; or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices
normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the
License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside or as an
addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license
terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such Derivative Works as

- 347 -
 a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated
in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally submitted for
inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License, without any
additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of
any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service marks, or product
names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work
and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and
each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF
ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-
INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible
for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or
otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to in writing,
shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or
any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of
such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may
choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability obligations and/or
rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf
and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend,
and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by
reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

jsoncpp
The JsonCpp library's source code, including accompanying documentation, tests and demonstration applications, are
licensed under the following conditions...
The author (Baptiste Lepilleur) explicitly disclaims copyright in all jurisdictions which recognize such a disclaimer. In
such jurisdictions, this software is released into the Public Domain.
In jurisdictions which do not recognize Public Domain property (e.g. Germany as of 2010), this software is Copyright
(c) 2007-2010 by Baptiste Lepilleur, and is released under the terms of the MIT License (see below).
In jurisdictions which recognize Public Domain property, the user of this software may choose to accept it either as 1)
Public Domain, 2) under the conditions of the MIT License (see below), or 3) under the terms of dual Public
Domain/MIT License conditions described here, as they choose.
The MIT License is about as close to Public Domain as a license can get, and is described in clear, concise terms at:
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MIT_License
The full text of the MIT License follows:
========================================================================
Copyright (c) 2007-2010 Baptiste Lepilleur
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
========================================================================
(END LICENSE TEXT)
The MIT license is compatible with both the GPL and commercial software, affording one all of the rights of Public
Domain with the minor nuisance of being required to keep the above copyright notice and license text in the source
code. Note also that by accepting the Public Domain "license" you can re-license your copy using whatever license
you like.

libjpeg
libjpeg-turbo is licensed under a non-restrictive, BSD-style license (see README.) The TurboJPEG/OSS wrapper
(both C and Java versions) and associated test programs bear a similar license, which is reproduced below:
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

- 348 -
 - Neither the name of the libjpeg-turbo Project nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS", AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

libwebp
Copyright (c) 2010, Google Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Google nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

nanomsg
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
"nanomsg" is a trademark of 250bpm s.r.o.

sqlite
The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of a legal notice, here is a blessing:
May you do good and not evil.
May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
May you share freely, never taking more than you give.

svgpp
Boost Software License - Version 1.0 - August 17th, 2003
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person or organization obtaining a copy of the software and
accompanying documentation covered by this license (the "Software") to use, reproduce, display, distribute, execute,
and transmit the Software, and to prepare derivative works of the Software, and to permit third-parties to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, all subject to the following:
The copyright notices in the Software and this entire statement, including the above license grant, this restriction and the
following disclaimer, must be included in all copies of the Software, in whole or in part, and all derivative works of the
Software, unless such copies or derivative works are solely in the form of machine-executable object code generated by
a source language processor.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR ANYONE
DISTRIBUTING THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR
THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

agg

- 349 -
 The Anti-Grain Geometry Project
A high quality rendering engine for C++
http://antigrain.com
Anti-Grain Geometry has dual licensing model. The Modified BSD License was first added in version v2.4 just for
convenience. It is a simple, permissive non-copyleft free software license, compatible with the GNU GPL. It's well
proven and recognizable. See http://www.fsf.org/licensing/licenses/index_html#ModifiedBSD for details.
Note that the Modified BSD license DOES NOT restrict your rights if you choose the Anti-Grain Geometry Public
License.
Anti-Grain Geometry Public License
====================================================
Anti-Grain Geometry - Version 2.4
Copyright (C) 2002-2005 Maxim Shemanarev (McSeem)
Permission to copy, use, modify, sell and distribute this software is granted provided this copyright notice appears in
all copies. This software is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty, and with no claim as to its suitability
for any purpose.
Modified BSD License
====================================================
Anti-Grain Geometry - Version 2.4
Copyright (C) 2002-2005 Maxim Shemanarev (McSeem)
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

unrar
The source code of UnRAR utility is freeware. This means:
1. All copyrights to RAR and the utility UnRAR are exclusively owned by the author - Alexander Roshal.
2. UnRAR source code may be used in any software to handle RAR archives without limitations free of charge, but
cannot be used to develop RAR (WinRAR) compatible archiver and to re-create RAR compression algorithm, which is
proprietary. Distribution of modified UnRAR source code in separate form or as a part of other software is permitted,
provided that full text of this paragraph, starting from "UnRAR source code" words, is included in license, or in
documentation if license is not available, and in source code comments of resulting package.
3. The UnRAR utility may be freely distributed. It is allowed to distribute UnRAR inside of other software packages.
4. THE RAR ARCHIVER AND THE UnRAR UTILITY ARE DISTRIBUTED "AS IS". NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND
IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. YOU USE AT YOUR OWN RISK. THE AUTHOR WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR DATA
LOSS, DAMAGES, LOSS OF PROFITS OR ANY OTHER KIND OF LOSS WHILE USING OR MISUSING THIS
SOFTWARE.
5. Installing and using the UnRAR utility signifies acceptance of these terms and conditions of the license.
6. If you don't agree with terms of the license you must remove UnRAR files from your storage devices and cease to
use the utility.
Thank you for your interest in RAR and UnRAR.
Alexander L. Roshal

xlnt
# License
## [xlnt](https://github.com/tfussell/xlnt)
>[MIT License](https://github.com/tfussell/xlnt/blob/master/LICENSE.md)
Copyright (c) 2014-2017 Thomas Fussell
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

- 350 -
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
# Dependency Licences
## [utfcpp](https://github.com/nemtrif/utfcpp)
>[Boost Software License - Version 1.0](https://github.com/nemtrif/utfcpp/blob/master/source/utf8.h)
Copyright 2006 Nemanja Trifunovic
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person or organization obtaining a copy of the software and
accompanying documentation covered by this license (the "Software") to use, reproduce, display, distribute, execute,
and transmit the Software, and to prepare derivative works of the Software, and to permit third-parties to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, all subject to the following:
The copyright notices in the Software and this entire statement, including the above license grant, this restriction and the
following disclaimer, must be included in all copies of the Software, in whole or in part, and all derivative works of the
Software, unless such copies or derivative works are solely in the form of machine-executable object code generated by
a source language processor.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR ANYONE
DISTRIBUTING THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR
THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
## [POLE](http://www.dimin.net/software/pole/)
>[BSD 2-Clause
License](https://bitbucket.org/dimin/pole/src/c15e513bdce4c3a52b3dbc925d4d2bb520dc71d8/pole/LICENSE)
POLE - Portable C++ library to access OLE Storage
Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Ariya Hidayat ([email protected]). All rights reserved.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
## [libstudxml](http://www.codesynthesis.com/projects/libstudxml/)
>[MIT License](http://www.codesynthesis.com/licenses/mit.txt)
Summary: Everything is licensed under the MIT License (text below).
Code found in the xml/details/expat/ directory is distributed under the MIT License (see the xml/details/expat/LICENSE
file for copyright information).
Code found in the xml/details/genx/ directory is distributed under the MIT License (see the xml/details/genx/LICENSE
file for copyright information).
The rest is Copyright (c) 2013-2014 Code Synthesis Tools CC and is distributed under the MIT License:
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
## [PartIO](https://www.disneyanimation.com/technology/partio.html)
>[BSD 3-Clause License (with specific non-attribution
clause)](https://github.com/wdas/partio/blob/master/src/lib/io/ZIP.h)
Copyright 2010 Disney Enterprises, Inc. All rights reserved
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following
conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The names "Disney", "Walt Disney Pictures", "Walt Disney Animation Studios" or the names of its contributors may
NOT be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission from
Walt Disney Pictures.
Disclaimer: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY WALT DISNEY PICTURES AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT AND TITLE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL WALT DISNEY PICTURES, THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND BASED ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)

- 351 -
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.
## [miniz](https://github.com/richgel999/miniz)
>[Public Domain/MIT License](https://github.com/richgel999/miniz/blob/master/LICENSE)
This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this software, either in source code form or as a
compiled binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any means.
In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this software dedicate any and all copyright
interest in the software to the public domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to the
detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all
present and future rights to this software under copyright law.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
For more information, please refer to <http://unlicense.org/>
Copyright 2013-2014 RAD Game Tools and Valve Software
Copyright 2010-2014 Rich Geldreich and Tenacious Software LLC
All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
## [SHA-512 hash in C](https://www.nayuki.io/page/fast-sha2-hashes-in-x86-assembly)
>[MIT License](https://www.nayuki.io/res/fast-sha2-hashes-in-x86-assembly/sha512.c)
Copyright (c) 2016 Project Nayuki
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
## [SHA-1 hash in C](https://www.nayuki.io/page/fast-sha1-hash-implementation-in-x86-assembly)
>[MIT License](https://www.nayuki.io/res/fast-sha1-hash-implementation-in-x86-assembly/sha1-fast.c)
Copyright (c) 2014 Project Nayuki
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
## [LibTomCrypt](http://www.libtom.net/)
>[Public Domain](https://github.com/libtom/libtomcrypt/blob/develop/LICENSE)
LibTomCrypt is public domain. As should all quality software be.
Tom St Denis
# Dependency Licences (Python Module)
## [pybind11](https://github.com/pybind/pybind11)
>[BSD 3-Clause License](https://github.com/pybind/pybind11/blob/master/LICENSE)
Copyright (c) 2016 Wenzel Jakob <[email protected]>, All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following
conditions are met:

- 352 -
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of the copyright holder nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
You are under no obligation whatsoever to provide any bug fixes, patches, or upgrades to the features, functionality or
performance of the source code ("Enhancements") to anyone; however, if you choose to make your Enhancements
available either publicly, or directly to the author of this software, without imposing a separate written license agreement
for such Enhancements, then you hereby grant the following license: a non-exclusive, royalty-free perpetual license to
install, use, modify, prepare derivative works, incorporate into other computer software, distribute, and sublicense such
enhancements or derivative works thereof, in binary and source code form.
# Dependency Licences (Testing Only)
## [CxxTest](http://cxxtest.com/)
>[LGPL License](https://github.com/CxxTest/cxxtest/blob/master/COPYING)

GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE

Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU
General Public License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
0. Additional Definitions.
As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser General Public License, and the "GNU GPL"
refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, other than an Application or a Combined Work as
defined below.
An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided by the Library, but which is not otherwise based
on the Library. Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode of using an interface provided
by the Library.
A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an Application with the Library. The particular version
of the Library with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked Version".
The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the Corresponding Source for the Combined Work,
excluding any source code for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are based on the
Application, and not on the Linked Version.
The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the object code and/or source code for the
Application, including any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the Application,
but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License without being bound by section 3 of the GNU
GPL.
2. Conveying Modified Versions.
If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an
Application that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked), then you may convey
a copy of the modified version:
a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an Application does not
supply the function or data, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its purpose remains
meaningful, or
b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of this License applicable to that copy.
3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from a header file that is part of the Library. You
may convey such object code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated material is not limited to
numerical parameters, data structure layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates (ten or
fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its
use are covered by this License.
b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license document.
4. Combined Works.
You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, taken together, effectively do not restrict
modification of the portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse engineering for debugging
such modifications, if you also do each of the following:
a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and
its use are covered by this License.
b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license document.

- 353 -
 c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during execution, include the copyright notice for the Library
among these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the copies of the GNU GPL and this license
document.
d) Do one of the following:
0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, and the Corresponding
Application Code in a form suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to recombine or relink the
Application with a modified version of the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying Corresponding Source.
1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a)
uses at run time a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer system, and (b) will operate
properly with a modified version of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked Version.
e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise be required to provide such information under
section 6 of the GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is necessary to install and execute a
modified version of the Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the Application with a modified
version of the Linked Version. (If you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany the Minimal
Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the
Installation Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying Corresponding
Source.)
5. Combined Libraries.
You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library together with other
library facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this License, and convey such a combined library
under terms of your choice, if you do both of the following:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library, uncombined with any other
library facilities, conveyed under the terms of this License.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining where
to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License
from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address
new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library as you received it specifies that a certain
numbered version of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option
of following the terms and conditions either of that published version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Library as you received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser General
Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser General Public License ever published by the Free
Software Foundation.
If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General
Public License shall apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is permanent authorization for
you to choose that version for the Library.

xlslib
xlslib -- A multiplatform, C/C++ library for dynamic generation of Excel(TM) files.
Copyright 2008-2013 David Hoerl All Rights Reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following
conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY David Hoerl ''AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL David Hoerl OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

zlib
ZLIB DATA COMPRESSION LIBRARY
zlib 1.2.5 is a general purpose data compression library. All the code is thread safe. The data format used by the zlib
library is described by RFCs (Request for Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1950.txt (zlib
format), rfc1951.txt (deflate format) and rfc1952.txt (gzip format).
All functions of the compression library are documented in the file zlib.h (volunteer to write man pages welcome, contact
[email protected]). A usage example of the library is given in the file example.c which also tests that the library is working
correctly. Another example is given in the file minigzip.c. The compression library itself is composed of all source files
except example.c and minigzip.c.
To compile all files and run the test program, follow the instructions given at the top of Makefile.in. In short "./configure;
make test", and if that goes well, "make install" should work for most flavors of Unix. For Windows, use one of the
special makefiles in win32/ or contrib/vstudio/ . For VMS, use make_vms.com.
Questions about zlib should be sent to <[email protected]>, or to Gilles Vollant <[email protected]> for the Windows DLL

- 354 -
version. The zlib home page is http://zlib.net/ . Before reporting a problem, please check this site to verify that you
have the latest version of zlib; otherwise get the latest version and check whether the problem still exists or not.
PLEASE read the zlib FAQ http://zlib.net/zlib_faq.html before asking for help.
Mark Nelson <[email protected]> wrote an article about zlib for the Jan. 1997 issue of Dr. Dobb's Journal; a copy of the
article is available at http://marknelson.us/1997/01/01/zlib-engine/ .
The changes made in version 1.2.5 are documented in the file ChangeLog.
Unsupported third party contributions are provided in directory contrib/ .
zlib is available in Java using the java.util.zip package, documented at
http://java.sun.com/developer/technicalArticles/Programming/compression/ .
A Perl interface to zlib written by Paul Marquess <[email protected]> is available at CPAN (Comprehensive Perl Archive
Network) sites, including http://search.cpan.org/~pmqs/IO-Compress-Zlib/ .
A Python interface to zlib written by A.M. Kuchling <[email protected]> is available in Python 1.5 and later versions, see
http://www.python.org/doc/lib/module-zlib.html .
zlib is built into tcl: http://wiki.tcl.tk/4610 .
An experimental package to read and write files in .zip format, written on top of zlib by Gilles Vollant
<[email protected]>, is available in the contrib/minizip directory of zlib.

Notes for some targets:

- For Windows DLL versions, please see win32/DLL_FAQ.txt
- For 64-bit Irix, deflate.c must be compiled without any optimization. With -O, one libpng test fails. The test works in 32
bit mode (with the -n32 compiler flag). The compiler bug has been reported to SGI.
- zlib doesn't work with gcc 2.6.3 on a DEC 3000/300LX under OSF/1 2.1 it works when compiled with cc.
- On Digital Unix 4.0D (formely OSF/1) on AlphaServer, the cc option -std1 is necessary to get gzprintf working correctly.
This is done by configure.
- zlib doesn't work on HP-UX 9.05 with some versions of /bin/cc. It works with other compilers. Use "make test" to check
your compiler.
- gzdopen is not supported on RISCOS or BEOS.
- For PalmOs, see http://palmzlib.sourceforge.net/

Acknowledgments:
The deflate format used by zlib was defined by Phil Katz. The deflate and zlib specifications were written by L. Peter
Deutsch. Thanks to all the people who reported problems and suggested various improvements in zlib; they are too
numerous to cite here.

Copyright notice:
(C) 1995-2010 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for
any damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it
and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software. If
you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not
required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original
software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler
[email protected] [email protected]
If you use the zlib library in a product, we would appreciate *not* receiving lengthy legal documents to sign. The
sources are provided for free but without warranty of any kind. The library has been entirely written by Jean-loup
Gailly and Mark Adler; it does not include third-party code. If you redistribute modified sources, we would appreciate that
you include in the file ChangeLog history information documenting your changes. Please read the FAQ for more
information on the distribution of modified source versions.

 zlib
zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library version 1.2.11, January 15th, 2017
Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for
any damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it
and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software. If
you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not
required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original
software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

[email protected] [email protected]

- 355 -
SPI ELF BootLoader
The SPI ELF Bootloader is available under the 2-clause BSD license:
Copyright (c) 2017 Henrik Brix Andersen [email protected] All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following
conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
This software is provided by the author and contributors ``as is'' and any express or implied warranties, including, but
not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. in no event
shall the author or contributors be liable for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential
damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or
business interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether in contract, strict liability, or tort (including
negligence or otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if advised of the possibility of such
damage.

- 356 -
 INDEX
Cell permit
Expiry date ........................................... 81
Ａ
Install .................................................... 78
ACC ........................................................ 147 Chart
Accuracy of chart Data ............................. 59 Automatic scroll .............................. 42, 76
Active chart ............................................... 41 Synchronizing ...................................... 88
AIO Chart object
Object ................................................... 63 Customizing ......................................... 49
On/Off ................................................... 63 Display ................................................. 48
AIS AtoN ................................................. 112 Information ........................................... 64
AIS SART ............................................... 112 Chart uninstallation
AIS target S-57 ENC ............................................. 82
Activate ............................................... 122 Chart update
Deactivate........................................... 122 Check ................................................... 83
Turn indicator ...................................... 109 COG ......................................................... 98
Alarm ..............................................214, 230 Color table ................................................ 68
Alert CPT approaching alert ........................... 141
Category A .......................................... 220 Critical point ........................................... 140
Color ................................................... 213
Sound ................................................. 213
Ｄ
Alert messages ....................................... 266
All object display ....................................... 47 Database coverage .................................. 95
Date dependent object ............................. 61
Datum....................................................... 38
Ｂ
DR .......................................................... 199
Base display ............................................. 47
Brightness ................................................. 24
Ｅ
ECC........................................................ 147
Ｃ
ENC conversion log ................................. 82
Caution ...................................215, 236, 237 End of track ............................................ 147
CCRS ....................................................... 33
Cell level ................................................... 39

- 357 -
Ｈ Ｐ
HDG .......................................................... 98 Progress report ........................................ 82
Highlight info ............................................. 57

Ｒ
Ｉ
Relative motion ........................................ 66
Indication with message ......................... 215 Route monitoring
Installing chart Alert .................................................... 147
Result ................................................... 82 End ..................................................... 146
Modify route ....................................... 149
Route table ............................................. 127
Ｌ
Route-check
LAT/LON grid ............................................ 58 Result ................................................. 135

Ｍ Ｓ
Manual update .......................................... 85 Safett height ........................................... 222
Safety check .......................................... 148
Safety contour .......................................... 43
Ｎ
Safety depth ............................................. 43
No-go area......................................158, 160 Scale ........................................................ 39
No-go line .......................................157, 160 Shallow pattern ........................................ 54
No-go line/area Shallow water danger .............................. 54
Watch.................................................. 160 Software upgrade................................... 258
Software version .................................... 257
SOG ......................................................... 98
Ｏ
SSE ........................................................ 274
Off-center .................................................. 67 Standard display ...................................... 47
Overscale sign .......................................... 41 STW ......................................................... 98
Own ship System data ............................................. 13
Beam bearing line .............................. 102
Off-center .............................................. 67
Ｔ
Past position ....................................... 105
Prediction line ..................................... 103 Target
Symbol .................................................. 98 Display range ............................. 108, 116
Vector Stablization .............................. 114 list ....................................................... 117
Past position ...................................... 124
Symbol ............................................... 109
Vector ................................................. 114

- 358 -
 Vector T/R ........................................... 115 User settings
Text Items .................................................... 70
Important text........................................ 56
Toolbar ...................................................... 11
Ｖ
True motion ........................................42, 66
Vector
Length ................................................ 100
Ｕ
Unknown object ........................................ 59
Ｗ
User chart
Draw ................................................... 153 Warning .......................................... 214, 230
User permit ............................................... 77 Waypoint
user profile ................................................ 70 Make .......................................... 131, 140

- 359 -
 ECDIS
ELECTRONIC CHART DISPLAY AND INFORMATION SYSTEM
EC-9000/8000
OPERATOR’S MANUAL
[Document No. E18-9000]

May. 2022 (1st edition)

2-16-46 Minami-kamata, Ohta-ku, Tokyo

144-8551 Japan
Tel. +81-3-3737-8611, Fax. +81-3737-8663

NOTICE This operator’s manual must not be copied or reproduced without the permission of TOKYO
KEIKI INC.